Insidious Meme

Muddy Waters – 04-24-2024

Muddy Waters - 04-24-2024

Muddy Waters - 04-24-2024

Episode Summary:

The text discusses a wide range of topics including geoengineering, chemtrails, political dynamics, and societal changes. The narrator expresses concerns about the increasing visibility and impact of chemtrails, which he ties to geoengineering efforts dating back to the 1950s. This practice, according to his research, involves the dispersal of coal fly ash, which he claims has detrimental effects on the environment and human health. The document also touches on geopolitical tensions, particularly the impact of Western policies on Russian expatriates and broader international relations. Furthermore, the narrator delves into the manipulation of public opinion and societal norms through orchestrated political events and media control, suggesting that these are deliberate attempts to reshape societal structures. Additionally, he discusses the economic outlook, predicting financial instability and a potential collapse of traditional financial systems, which he believes will significantly disrupt global supply chains and personal finances. The narrative also includes personal anecdotes and reflections on societal preparedness, emphasizing the importance of self-sufficiency in the face of upcoming economic and social turmoil.

#geoengineering #chemtrails #environment #health #geopolitics #expatriates #publicopinion #mediacontrol #society #economiccollapse #financialsystems #supplychains #selfsufficiency #preparedness #manipulation #politicaldynamics #internationalrelations #personalreflections #futurism #survivalstrategy #crisismanagement #globalissues #publicawareness #societalchange #culturalimpact #economicpredictions #socialturmoil #personalresponsibility #communitybuilding #resilience #adaptability #criticalthinking #debate #controversy #awareness

Key Takeaways:
  • Geoengineering and chemtrails are linked to environmental and health issues.
  • Geopolitical tensions affect expatriates and international relations.
  • Public opinion is being manipulated through orchestrated political events.
  • Economic instability is anticipated, with potential collapse of financial systems.
  • Personal preparedness and self-sufficiency are emphasized as essential.
Predictions:
  • Collapse of traditional financial systems.
  • Disruption of global supply chains.
  • Significant societal changes due to orchestrated political events.
Key Players:
  • Linus Pauling
  • Einstein
  • Eric Weinstein
  • Brett Weinstein
  • Joe (referenced in economic context)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Muddy Waters - 04-24-2024

Hello humans. Hello humans.

April 24, just about 08:00 in the morning, heading inland. Rain, actually. Not unexpectedly, because we had so many chemtrails yesterday that, you know, you either get rain or in this case, sometimes they'll make big mats of chemtrails that blow east, in which case we usually just get a lot of rain and don't necessarily a lot of wind and don't necessarily get any rain.

So it's a little bit different.

So it wasn't unexpected, but still. But the chemtrails are becoming more and more blatant. Okay, so in my research, I found stuff going back to 1958. Well, actually 57 was when the studies were done. The article was written up in 58, and then we've had discussions of it ever since.

We find references to geoengineering and coal fly ash, which is what they call this stuff that results from burning coal. Because it's like a near fluid, it's so lightweight, you can literally drown the human in this stuff, right? Because it acts like a fluid. Anyway, so I found references going back into the fifties of using coal fly ash. And then it took them three decades to get really into it.

So the nineties. And by then, all of a sudden, a billion dollar a year fly ash disposal problem disappears. And we just don't spend a billion dollars a year anymore on fly ash, right on disposing of this stuff. So some shit's up, something's going on there. Now we're buying fly ash from China, the world's leading producer.

And it's like, okay, what's up with that? Well, it just so happens that coal fly ash matches almost 100% every assay that's ever been done of the chemtrails coming out of the sky.

Got to drink some coffee and take some of my supplements down to my vitamin Cs. I take about four to 5 grams of that a day, as per linus Pauling.

Anyway, so, boy, so much, so much to talk about. I'm not particularly concerned about the day to day events that are going on and the histrionics that they're trying to get all genned up. That's all for the normies, that's all, to try and bust these people out of the psychological programming that they've been hit with. So, boy, we've. Okay, so recently I've been, let me back way up most with the exception of one guy from our old farts group who's still there.

Every one of them has been kicked out of Russia because of the USA versus Russia thing, right? Or the West, NATO versus Russia. So these guys are, these old farts are all american or western european, and a lot of them were expats in Russia for a number of years. And everybody's fighting to get back in. They got to go through so much rigmarole, you wouldn't believe it.

But. And also, by the way, if they're jewish. Oh, my God. Oh, my God. This one guy is.

He was kicked out. I think he's over in Croatia at the moment. And he's just like, you know, hanging out there, right? He's got to rent a house, he's got to take care of himself. He's got to arrange all of his banking and all of this kind of stuff.

Anyway, his father was jewish, okay, so that doesn't really make you jew, according to the way that the Jews think about it. It's got to come through the mother. And he's never thought of himself as a jew, and he's british and his last name is Humphreys. Well, that's also a bad thing because the Russians have it in for some people from England that were out of the Humphreys family. But anyway, so he's gotten so much crap you wouldn't believe.

And basically he probably will not be allowed back in, but he had lived there for, geez, six or seven years before all this shit came down. So it just the nature of things, right? So the. The fucking Biden regime's attempt to get world war three gend up and take over Ukraine and all the money laundering and stuff has pissed me off because it's fucked with our efforts here at this level. But anyway, that's the way we are now is dealing with the emergence of all of these disparate effects, affects, symptoms of the hypernovelty.

Now we're going to get into some serious hypernomy insofar as the scientist kind of guys are concerned relatively quickly. Right? So I got a big run of data. I'm not going to go into how I got that.

I've been slowly working it through a lot of processing on this shit, right? You don't just grab the data and look at it. You got to go through all kinds of various different. They used to call them subroutines, but now they'd call them apps in order to get it processed to the point where it makes any kind of sense.

Anyway, we're coming up to the point here fairly quickly, I think in May, maybe by 1314 or 15. Now, there's all kinds of financial shit going on in May, but mostly my finances are as they are, and I'm not going to react or do anything. So I just don't really care a lot about, you know, things like stock market crashes and that sort of thing. It will make a big impact on my life. It's going to upset the entire structure of the planetary supply chains, okay?

And it's going to be much more disruptive to those supply chains than war. So, you know, so it will be impacting me. But there's very little I can do about it now because it's going to be an ongoing problem for a number of years. And so I can get as prepared as I possibly can. And one of the things I'm going to do is to reestablish an aviary out here on the coast and make my own honey, you know, just something to do.

Right. Also, I used to have bees, and I like this new contactless bees in plastic jars thing. You can look on my Twitter feed for YouTube video about it. But in any event, so the disruption here, the supply chain disruption, is going to be serious enough that it's going to get everybody's attention, and this will be part of the normies becoming aware of hypernovelty in June. So it's not like there's a threshold.

It's not like there's a one day it's hypernovedy, and then the next day it isn't. It's like hypernovelty is a function or an affect of these extra energies coming in from galactic center. And so it builds. So it's been ongoing since last year, certainly since March, April, or may of last year. So we've been in the energies that account for hypernolty for at least a year.

But the effects are subtle to begin with, and they build. And then at some point, you as an individual become aware of those effects on the time and events around you, and you say, oh, this is really new, this is really novel. And then, then it's like, wow, everything is really new, and everything is really novel. Aha. Hyper novelty.

But it's an issue of you recognizing it, okay? Not you being sensitive to it, you being aware of it. Not that one day it's there, and then the next day it's not, or that one day it's not, and then the next day it is. It just doesn't work that way. But we're in hypern, these energies now.

And by the calculations that I'm doing relative to the state of the yugas, we're in this energy that will build up into the silver and gold age for the next 10,000 years. So it's like, hey, okay, you know, no point getting all whipped up about it because it's going to be an ongoing thing for quite a while.

So anyway, in June is about when I expect the normies to really start becoming aware of it, right? And with the normies, it's going to be a little weird because so for me, I became aware of hypernovelty as something that's coming along. And I've been aware of it for years and years and years, decades even, because it's something that's forecast in the data and it's a naturally occurring aspect of the Yugas anyway. But so I've been aware of it and I just, it's like, you know, there was no point in mentioning it until just recently because why tell you seven years out? Oh, you're going to come in seven years from now, you're going to come to a period of time where your mind's going to be just blown by all the new shit that's happening.

You know, it's meaningless at that point, right? But a year out to describe to you that we're going to go into a period of time, your emotions are going to be, you know, trashed, you won't know what's going on. New stuff, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Only a year out, and then we discuss it as we get to it, then you will recognize it a little easier because you don't have to wait seven years, right. So anyway, what's going to happen is the financial crap in May will lead to a whole lot of political and like, party, like, you know, Democrat, Republican, that kind of stuff.

Political at that level, like individual to the party, party's politics, but also at a party level and a national level and an international level. The financial crap that's going down in May is going to have impacts on the supply chain such that by mid June, according to my calculations, and, you know, I can be wrong on this shit, but such that by mid June, we get to a point where the normies are starting to say, hmm, you know, something ain't right. This shit isn't normal. Right? So normies will lose their sense of normality.

And, and at that point, boy, you know, because, you know, when all of your anchors are gone, then it, then you have to actually examine your boat, right? You got it. So with all of these, um, social temporal anchors removed, the normies are going to be without normality. And then they'll have to rely on whatever it is they've got internally, because there won't be external support for their opinions and so forth, right? Just like so many of them are running into the conflicts inherent in an anti Israel, anti genocide protests and stuff, right, because it's all.

It's all fraught with all kinds of conflicts relative to the social order.

This, by the way, is all by design.

The NGO's, the Biden regime and their communist cohorts are trying to use the whole Gaza situation to engineer a bunch of social changes, right? Just as they did with the situation of the degradation of the social order in Germany prior to, you know, that they used to get Hitler into power and then do things that caused all of the subsequent world War two events, right, including the hoax that is the Holocaust. And so you'll have Jews that will deny that the Holocaust is a hoax in spite of the fact that you can show them all this evidence that none of that shit happened, right? That there's evidence, factual evidence, you know, family history evidence and so on and so on, that. That most of this shit was made up.

There were millions of people killed of, you know, millions were killed by Eisenhower in a course of less than a month because he just starved him to death in giant fields in the Rhine valley. And even now in the Rhine valley, you're not allowed to farm because you will dig up the bones as you try to plant, and they don't want you digging up millions of bones out of these fields. So this is the horrific nature of our reality, right? Is the holimador. The fake holocaust, the genocide, the actual genocide by the Jews of all these other peoples.

And this is. This is where we're at. So now jewish people are going to have, especially jewish scientists are going to have a really tough time as we go from May forward because along with some of the financial crap we're going to get into, this breakdown, I guess you'd say it, the breakdown of the ability of the Elohim worship cult to maintain jewish control over, well, basically anything, but also specifically over science and medicine, okay? So if you thought that it was a know something of a, quote, scandal that, you know, what's her name, the bitch at Yale or Harvard or wherever the hell she was that did the plagiarism, wait till you see what's coming up over these next few months. So maybe by the time we get to September, if anybody's paying attention, because there'll be way too much shit going on in daily reality to really get into it.

But we may have hundreds and hundreds of. Of new articles and you know, stuff coming out of videos, that kind of stuff coming out saying, oh, my God, look at this. You know, Einstein plagiarized from this guy from 1853, and that's where e equals Mc squared came from. And even then, they acknowledged that it was worthless to know this information because it wasn't actionable in a mathematical sense. But that's the kind of crap we're coming into.

You're going to come into the fact that Einstein was a homosexual pedophile, and that's going to come out that he had multiple wives, in the sense of homosexual wives that were. Or mistresses or whatever the fuck you want to call them, that were kept off. Not that that makes any difference to the fact that it was a plagiaristic, basically fuzzy headed thinker, right? So the Einstein stuff's going to start being really chipped away here over these next couple of months, such that by next year, this time next year, late spring, early summer of 2025, we'll be actively rooting out and undoing Einstein. And all these other people will keep good science, like Feynman, even though he was involved in all of this and was a deep Elohim worship cultist and supported the whole worship cult agenda.

Feynman did good science and good math, and we'll keep that kind of shit, right, in spite of his intent and so on.

But this is going to be the really rough period of time. So I expect it's going to be really, really, really hard on people like, you know, Brett Weinstein, Eric Weinstein, all of these science jews, you know, because they. You got to understand it from their perspective. They were told that Jews are the smartest people on the planet. Jews are in control of science because they're the smartest people on the planet.

And they're going to discover none of this true, right. That Jews are not the smartest people on the planet by far. They simply have a clever adaptability towards organizational co option, right? And really, that's the only thing. Then they promote that they're the smartest, and then they denigrate everybody else.

And then we end up with the mass media saying, this is the way it is, everybody believes it, and this is the world we're in. That's in the process of changing now. It's going to be really weird for these guys, especially Eric. Okay? So in my opinion, right, this is my analysis.

I think Eric Weinstein really wants in on the UFO stuff. Okay. At a personal level, I also think that he is a very confused thinker. He does not think clearly, especially about science and math, he doesn't have a personal rigor in his thinking, is my way of describing it. Anyway, though, he's going to have a real hard time as jewish people are going to be deliberately ignored or passed over relative to this emerging new science.

So as we get into the real stuff of exposing the reverse engineered alien reproduction vehicles and stuff, they're not going to be asking Eric to participate in this. There's reasons for this. It's going to come on out later.

We'll see these reasons come out in like August or September, along with this flurry of UFO information that's going to be coming out. It's going to be quite interesting relative to that. Now, the financial stuff in May, I'm expecting the collision of the Nasdaq and the stock market, but mainly the bond market to be running the collision of the bond market with reality. Okay? And this collision is not going to be good for the bond market, nor for reality for that matter.

But so that's going to start this degradation in the fiat assets. And no, I do not ascribe to Joe's opinion on this crash thing. Right. He says, we've had the crash in April here, and that's fine. Okay, we had a down.

This is predictable. It always happens before the having, and then it turns around and goes up after the having. And we're there now past the having on bitcoin. And the trend is now going to be up for a while. And we're going to get to a point here, according to my data, in May, in which we have the simultaneous.

Well, okay, so in which we'll have a bond problem. The bond problem is going to be relative to retirement systems and stuff in Europe and here in the US, but more in Europe. And these bonds are going to be found to be fake, so, you know, not redeemable. And it's going to cause all kinds of problems for the banking system. And you'll hear rumors of it.

You'll hear rumors of the fed deliberately buying bad bonds, okay? Because they don't want their, quote, good bonds to become suspect, to become tainted. And so it's going to be a weird situation because there's going to be a drain out from the Fed as they are attempting to reinflate the economy. And it won't reinflate, primarily because a lot of the payout will be on bad paper. And how they're going to manage that, I don't know in terms of on their books, but the effect is going to be that the purchasing power won't exist.

And it'll just keep, keep crumbling. And then they're going to have to start trying to buy back more bonds, etcetera, etcetera. That's going to get up to a point where the Fed will induce hyperinflation within the bond market, which is going to be really weird because that will expose that hyperinflation into our regular world. Right? And so maybe you've got $14 subway sandwich now, right?

And after we get into this bond stuff. So maybe by fall or into winter, maybe it'll be $140 for a subway sandwich. I mean, it's going to be that dramatic in terms of the impact on the fiat out and about in circulation. And it's going to get really complex and very, very, very weird. You can protect yourself with gold, silver, bitcoin, etcetera, because these will be holding stable purchasing value relative to the decreasing purchasing value coming out of the fiat pay, fiat dollar, the petrodollar.

Okay? So you can preserve what you have that way. And in the case of bitcoin and some of these things, bitcoin actually specifically is the best performing asset in all of history.

So it's going to continue. It's going to keep on in this projected trend, trend line as we go forward, and we're going to see that the, the effects of the people buying gold and silver will be to provide a level of stability when the fiat system becomes itself unstable, right? Like oscillating and too unstable to be functional, you know, so one day your dollar can buy, you know, one day a thing of eggs might, well, it doesn't matter, but the expression of it is going to be that the money is going to be really, really wonky and you'll have this feeling that you won't know until you get up in the morning what that dollar will buy that particular day. Just the way that this is. This stuff's going to progress.

It's going to be quite odd for all of us. So, you know, it's not like you can store two years worth of eggs or something, right? So you need to think about this differently. Get chickens, you know, and raise, you know, grow grains and stuff for chicken feed and learn to feed chickens on, you know, local manure and this kind of deal, right? Because they root through the manure, turn it into really nice garden fertilizer, and they eat out all the, a lot of the insects.

So, you know, that's a function. Anyway, this is the state of our summer. It's going to be extremely chaotic and you're going to have all of these disruptions to what you might think of as ordinary life. I got a big road hazard here. I got to pay attention to what's going on.

Cops have got a bunch of people pulled over. It's not that bad, okay? It's a trust truck. I'm gonna have to have one of those soon. I got my engineers out there getting that stuff done, and we'll start submitting plans and seeing how fucked up we are in next week or the week after.

It takes forever, and then you run into obstacles.

So, anyway, I gotta. I'm gonna get into town to my first stop here. I've got lots and lots and lots of stops zigzagging all the hell and gone. But anyway, then I'll be doing some further inland, driving for secret missions later on. Maybe this week, maybe next.

Okay, so, for me, one of the exciting parts of this coming summer of chaos is the impact on the science, right? Science is going into. Into chaos, and out of that will emerge real science instead of the. This political edict that we've got, right? That you can't question this guy because he's jewish and he's in charge of physics, and it's like, no, yeah, he's jewish, but he's still a stupid thinker.

He doesn't grasp a lot of stuff. Einstein, Eric Weinstein, doesn't matter. They're all the same in that regard. They've been put into those positions. And I actually think that that sort of rankles a little bit on Eric.

He thinks of himself as being particularly brilliant. And so it kind of is annoying. This is my supposition, kind of is annoying to him that they promoted him instead of letting him, you know, find his. His real level kind of a deal.

Just my opinion, though. Anyway, coming into it now, so I'll try and do another one of these later. So many stops. I just don't know. There's a lot to discuss now.

To end here in May is my chemtrail awareness contest. And so what you have to do is you have to post it on Twitter. Don't send it to me via email because I'm not going to post it for you. Okay. So if you don't have a Twitter account, you're not going to be able to have a shot at this.

But if you got a Twitter account, you post a picture of a chemtrail and the picture that gets the most likes and the picture that gets the most retweets, assuming they're separate. Right. So you can't win two or more of the. The prizes here, the gold coins. Right.

The 1oz gold eagles. So it's only one per individual. So only one individual can win one category. And so it'll be the most liked chemtrail picture and the most retweeted chemtrail picture as of coming into June. And then there we'll do another one, which is the most retweeted chemtrail video.

And so that'll also get a gold coin. Anyway, so make sure you submit your pictures and get your friends to like and retweet your. Your submission in order to get a shot at this. And we'll go into some of the other chemtrail stuff later on. Okay, guys, I gotta get moving here.

Stuff's happening.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 – 2023-12-20

Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 - 2023-12-20

Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 - 2023-12-20

Episode Summary:

The document, authored by Clif High and titled "Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024," is a complex and speculative dialogue about the impending financial and societal changes expected in the upcoming year, specifically the phenomenon known as the "crack up boom." High engages in a meandering discourse that covers a range of topics including prophetic dreams, the nature of fiat currencies, central banking failures, and the eventual collapse of both capitalist and communist systems.

High begins with a personal anecdote, discussing his conversations and interactions, which leads into a broader discussion about the validity and interpretation of prophetic dreams. He does not dismiss dreams as a source of prophecy entirely but emphasizes the need for a rigorous and systematic approach to discerning the truly prophetic ones.

The core of the document revolves around the concept of the "crack up boom," a term attributed to economist Kondratief, who was asked by Stalin to predict the downfall of capitalism. Kondratief's theory posits that the inherent nature of central banks and the human element within them will inevitably lead to a catastrophic financial boom and bust cycle. High explains that this cycle is fueled by the continued and accelerated printing of fiat currency, leading to hyperinflation and a loss of confidence in the monetary system. This situation is exacerbated by the inability of banks to induce or manage debt effectively, leading to a systemic collapse.

High interweaves historical examples, personal observations, and anecdotal evidence to argue that the current state of the global economy is teetering on the edge of this "crack up boom." He suggests that various signals, such as difficulty in obtaining goods, the rise of digital currency, and the overall instability of the fiat system, are indicators of the impending crisis. He also touches upon the potential impacts on different sectors, including real estate and resource properties, and the societal shifts that might result from a financial system collapse.

Throughout the document, High maintains a critical view of central banking and fiat currency, advocating for a return to a more stable and sustainable economic model. He peppers his narrative with personal insights and predictions about specific dates and events that he believes will mark key turning points in the impending crisis.

#CrackUpBoom #ClifHigh #2024Forecast #February18th #FiatCurrency #Hyperinflation #EconomicCollapse #CentralBanking #Kondratief #PropheticDreams #CapitalismFail #CommunismFail #MonetarySystem #Inflation #Deflation #BankFailures #RealEstate #ResourceProperties #DigitalCurrency #DebtCrisis #EconomicTheory #StalinEra #FiatFail #GoldStandard #SilverLining #EconomicPredictions #FinancialCrisis #StockMarket #HyperNovelty #InvestmentStrategy #LoanDefaults #ConsumerConfidence #FinancialForecast #ElohimCult #PropheticInterpretation #SocietalShifts

Key Takeaways:
  • Major Economic Event centered on February 18th, 2024 (+/- 3 Days), which will lead to hyper-inflation by May
  • The "crack up boom" predicts a catastrophic financial cycle leading to hyperinflation and economic collapse.
  • Kondratief's theory suggests that the nature of central banks and fiat currency will inevitably lead to this collapse.
  • High emphasizes the need for critical analysis of prophetic dreams as a tool for predicting future events.
  • The current global economy shows signs of impending crisis, with difficulties in debt management, goods acquisition, and consumer confidence.
  • High advocates for a return to hard species like gold and silver to stabilize the economy.
Key Takeaways:
  • A "crack up boom" will lead to the collapse of fiat currencies and central banking systems around 2024.
  • Specific economic markers, such as hyperinflation, will become evident around February 18, with significant shifts by May.
  • The government and societal structures may begin to collapse by October or November post hyperinflation.
  • A move towards digital currency and a need for a more sustainable economic model will emerge from the crisis.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 - 2023-12-20

Hello, humans. Hello humans. Long day afternoon here.

Anyway, so still heading back out now. Heading back out to the coast. I was talking to some guys about. I got delayed in actually quite interesting discussion about computer programming and what's going on and so forth. But that doesn't interest most people.

But it was kind of interesting for myself. I was talking to a guy who is a retired navy commander and had served on intelligence gathering boats. Well, like the liberty that was attacked and almost sunk by the Israelis. Dirty, fucking evil Israelis. Anyway, so he's on a liberty style boat and he was just saying in 30 day period of time, he didn't say where any of the details.

They had over 200 UAP incidents out and about somewhere, wherever the hell he was. So very interesting, that kind of stuff happening all over.

So Carrie Cassidy is bitching and moaning at me that she's misunderstood, thinking that I don't accept dreams as prophetic, which I do. I just don't accept all dreams as being prophetic, and most are not. And so that's where it comes down to it. It's a thing of, yeah, she's probably had a prophetic dream. Probably nearly everybody does.

But just because you have such a dream and connect it to the unfolding common reality around us one time doesn't mean that all your dreams are thereafter are prophetic or that necessarily any of them are. And if you have a mechanism and so on, and you can say, well, I've used this mechanism and I've had 35 prophetic dreams and I've been able to track 34 of them by using this method. It's like, well, okay, then the next time you have a dream, then you've got a track record, you've got a rigor, an analysis approach to determine which dreams are prophetic. And so, all right, so I'll go with you on that. Right.

It's likely that you've got something going on there and you may be able to clue into it. Not everybody is or does or can. It's just like dreams are on a low order of prophetic kind of approach for me. There's easier ways to collapse the matrix potential and determine what the hell is going on than trying to rely on dreams which then also have that huge interpretation thing going on. Right.

You've got to interpret the dream relative to itself, to temporal clues, all different kinds of stuff. And so it gets really difficult, to say the least, to make any kind of appropriate conclusion on it. Right. Anyway, so, no, I'm not saying that dreams are not prophetic. I'm just saying that it's a real crapshoot when you're trying to do these ahead.

So I agree that prophetic dreams exist and you can track them and plot them against manifesting circumstances, but usually 99.99% of the time, that's only done in hindsight. Only looking back after the events have emerged, do you see how the dream was accurate and so on? So I actually think my buddy Joe had a dream in which it basically told him that bitcoin was going to hit 38,000. He sold then, because the dream had a big giant ice cream cone, and then there was this crash business. Right?

So he's interpreted as a big crash. Well, bitcoin hit 38,000, he sold out, and then he crashed his airplane. So does that complete the prophetic dream, or does his interpretation that there's a crash coming to the cryptos and so forth make any sense? Was that part of the dream? Well, it's like, I don't know.

I think if I were him, I would say, oh, I crashed. And so I probably misinterpreted the dream, and there's probably not going to be any kind of a crypto crash relative to what I had seen, because it sure doesn't look that way. It looks like we're going to head into the crack up boom. The crack up boom was okay. So Stalin had this brilliant economist by the name of Kondratiev, and Kondratiev was real brilliant.

And Stalin goes to him and says, I want to know when capitalism will collapse. And Kondratiev said, sure, no worries. And he goes and he works and he works and he works and he has math, and he works some more. And some months, a year later, he goes back to Stalin and he says, okay, I've got it here. Right?

Here's the deal. Capitalism will collapse at this point, and it will happen this way. And the way it'll happen is a crack up boom. And that this is inevitable simply because of the nature of central banks and humans. Okay?

And that this is all good. Capitalism is going to collapse at this point. But, Mr. Stalin, I got a little bit of bad news, and that is that communism's going to collapse a lot quicker. It'll collapse long before capitalism.

And so Stalin says, I didn't want to hear that and ships Kondratiev off to the gulag for giving him bad news, right? So you got to watch out for these guys. Stalin, by the way, was a khazarian. He's jewish, and he was deeply connected to the Elohim worship cult, in spite of the fact that he know, nominally communist and an atheist.

So I don't know how this shit works out. But anyway, so Kondratiev comes up to him in that process of telling Stalin all of this, and he tells him how it's going to go down. And it's perfectly logical. It makes perfect sense. We've seen us come close to it a couple of times.

But basically what happens is all fiat currencies will go through this. We see this happening where there have been central banks, like in Argentina and so on, that have followed this exactly. And so Kondratiev is correct in how fiat currencies die. And what happens is that your central bank being controlled by humans, all of these humans have incentives to keep their position, and they have incentives to keep the system going the way it is. And so they will be counted upon to keep on keeping it on.

And so that's number one to bear in mind is that this will all be run out, directed, controlled by human emotion at all the various different levels. That's one level of human emotion is that the central bank will not just simply cease, they will keep on at the way that they are keeping on now until they can't do it anymore. And so this ultimately leads to a state of acceleration of what they're doing. Okay, so it's not working, but they think if they do it more fiercer, faster, it will work. That's their inherent delusional, supported by emotion viewpoint on what's happening.

They don't know it's dying. I mean, they do know it's dying, but they think, oh, well, we can stop this if only we do this. If only we do this. And so we will have a crack up boom in our fiat based capitalistic structure. Capitalism is great.

It's the only workable economic system, right? Socialism doesn't work. Communism doesn't work. Both socialism and communism are jewish constructs made from the Elohim worship cult. Anyway, so what happens is that we get to the point where we're at right now, where the banks are suddenly finding it difficult to get people to take on debt.

Debt is the propellant. It is the fuel for a fiat money system. If you don't have increasing levels of debt, doesn't have to increase much, but it has to increase pretty continuously. But if you don't have that, you start sliding back into a period where the banks can't have it, okay? And that's deflation.

If you start paying off the loans, and if you start deflating the currency, deflating the debt that is around a fiat currency. Then you get to the point where the banks collapse faster, harder, the whole thing just really crumbles. And so the central banks are desperate to not ever have deflation. So we had deflation in 1932. Prices were falling.

So prices in the depression fell down to a certain level that made sense relative to the individual items. And then as we get into this, in like 1929 30, 31, then as we get into 1932, the lack of demand is such that you have goods start piling up all over that no one wants to buy. And so they will start the process of deflation. The people that have money invested in those goods will deflate by lowering the prices on those goods just to get them out the store and get a little bit of currency because they're like everybody else. They need that currency to flow through them in order to be able to pay their bills, et cetera.

We're actually encountering this situation now. I have run into this myself, and I've talked to a guy today who was telling me about also running into it himself in another store. So we're running into the period of time where there are goods that are in short supply you can't find. So I'm especially running into this, starting to get into buying the stuff I'm going to need for the extension on my house, right? There's a lot of material that I'm going to have a hard time locating because the supplies are not readily available for a number of different reasons.

All coming down to basically though, that the money is just shit anyway. So I go to some of these places that have these kind of goods that are smaller. They're not like giant regional chains and stuff, right? And I go on in there and they're in a situation where in these past five or six years they bought a lot of items for sale in their stores and the items are not selling, okay? They've got goods that are sitting on the shelf for over a year now, and that costs them serious money because basically a lot of it is they're getting the stock on debt.

They're taking out operating loans to buy stock in order to get the stock to then be able to sell to people and to make a profit to pay back the loan, et cetera, et cetera. So even the store owners don't have their own capital at risk. They have the bank's money at risk in this, and they're not moving money fast enough. And so as far as a bank is concerned, they can make money off of a business going broke and collapsing. But only in a healthy business environment can they do that.

If all the businesses are crashing, they're not able to make money on the dissolution of a business. And so even the banks aren't making money now with the state of the local businesses. So now my businesses that I deal with, some of them are starting to have to discount prices on goods that were purchased a while back just to be able to get them off the shelf because they're not selling. And those things that do sell, they have to replace, but they don't have the cash to buy a new item to replace the one that just sold. And if they use their cash to do that, then they can't pay their employees, and they're not able to get as easily, not able to get bank loans to buy stock in order to move it through their store because they've already got a bank loan, and it's on stock that is not moving because the economy has turned around to a negative state and the flow is not in their favor, so to speak.

Right. So it's a real mess. So they need to get rid of this shit that doesn't sell. They need to buy new stuff to replace the items that have sold that they know will sell because there's a demand for them. But they're hamstrung by the debt structure in getting those goods on the shelf and getting the non selling stuff off of their shelves.

And so they're basically going broke really slowly. And it's agony to watch this. A lot of these guys don't have the big enough picture view to understand what's happening to their particular environment and their store and its causes at the larger social level, with the central bank now running into this particular situation. So getting back to Kondrativ, Kondrativ said that we would reach a point that capitalism would reach a point under central banks. Now, capitalism being run on a constitutional money is entirely different, okay?

This is only capitalism as it's structured on fiat currency. That's what Kandrativ said. He said, basically, if capitalism had sound money, if it dealt only in silver and gold, hard species, he called it, it would never collapse because it's the most fundamental economic system on the planet. But based on fiat, it's going to go through this thing that he called the crack up boom. And we're very close to that.

This is why I was thinking Bo Polney is making. He's okay. Anyway, let me tell you about the crack up boom first. Okay, so the crack up boom is a period of time which the central banks are in now where they will do everything they can to accelerate the process of inflation into their money because they're going to be running into deflation as lots of businesses collapse. Lots of loans are paid off or they've just abandoned.

And so the bank has to eat the loan and so on and so on and so on. Right. The banks are right now not able to spend the money to sue people on enforcement of loan contracts. That's a big shock. So if you had a contract and you just walked away from it, they'll do what they can, but they're not going to put a lawyer on you trying to sue you.

Probably they would if it was big money, but anyway, but in general, they can't afford to be proactive that way because of the cost of the attorneys. So the crack up boom is where the central bank has to print money as fast, and they used to print it as cash, but now we're talking digits. But they have to create money, they have to create fiat. They have to create fake purchasing units as fast as they can to keep them circulating because of the degradation of their ability to purchase stuff. And the confidence in the system has dropped to the level where it's just about to totally fail.

And so the confidence in the system is one of the key elements and we're about to cross a threshold in that. Now, the little bits of data I've got would suggest that probably around February 18 or so, we will have some form of a crossing of the confidence level and the fiat currency. And so maybe in the end of February we just get to a move. It won't happen this way. This is just something I'm picking up in order to give an example.

But maybe it'll happen at the end of February that we have vast numbers of people with student loans just walk away from them, just stop making payments. Not that they're forgiven or anything like that, but just people just stop making payments on loans. And it would be something is going to trigger, like in that week in February, it's going to trigger the central bank to go full bore on dropping rates and shoveling money out the door as fast as they can into the banks and hopefully they think into the society and social order at large. Won't happen, but they're going to be desperate and they're going to keep trying it. This is a crack up boom.

So they can, and they will drive the stock market to new highs because they're going to Biden. And the Biden regime is going to mandate that everybody in their control, do everything they can to try and convince the normies that the economy is good.

So really, the crack up boom is them. If we were talking about actual printing, the presses would just go and go and go until it was like Leimayer Republic, and everybody had so much cash that no one wanted anything of it, anymore of it. Now we're going to end up with digits where so many, they'll have so many dollar out there that everybody's just going to be sick of it. Right? So getting back to Bo poly, he had said that on Nino's show.

He was saying, oh, biblical. It's going to be biblical. The end of the year, the crash of the system, it's going to die. It's going to be biblical. Silver is going to go through the roof.

Gold's going to go through the roof. Right? None of that's happened. None of it will happen. None of it will happen the way he thinks he's been wrong on all this shit.

All right?

I know people that are really into money, like seriously into money, and they do things even though they're solid, centrist, normie money guys. They will even follow woo people until they prove to themselves that woo guy is not accurate for their business. What they'll do is they'll say, I don't know about this woo shit, but if that guy is making calls on these kind of cryptos and they turn out, I want to pay attention to him regardless of how he's getting the information, right? Because I want to make that money, too. So this is how these big money guys think.

Anyway. So I know one of these big money guys. I mean, we're talking people that are involved in 100 millions of dollars a year in, quote, investments, which it's all speculation, but that's neither here nor there. Anyway, one of these guys that I know, and I've known him for shit, probably 25 years or more than that, he first contacted me late in the 90s, like 99 or something. Anyway, though, he contacted me a while back and we were chatting.

We'd brought up stuff and I'd said, bo Poly, and he was laughing and he, wait, let me go and get it. But they had a report that his investment firm had contracted, and so they'd contracted with an accountant to go through and watch all the Bo poly videos, make notes of all the dates and the prophecy shit that he had been saying, and then go back and do an analysis, which I thought was really, and I won't go into what the guy said about the accountant. He was making really a lot of funny jokes about Bo in the report here. But in any event though, the end result was that they found that Bo Poly's the accountant. Okay, so the accountant isn't fucking around.

He's not taking a quasi hit, he's not taking, oh, it was know it happened in the same month or anything like that, right? They took Bo Polney's descriptions, they applied them to the calendar, and they went back to see what happened on those days, if anything, and so on. And so the guy I was talking to, the money manager, end of things, not the accountant, but the money manager part of this said that it was one out of 27, but Bo got one right out of every 27 of his prognostications. And I would figure that that would be correct, that it was something on that order. It's far less than chance.

So you're going to be better than Bo just by getting up and deciding to have a financial forecast on how many times your dog licks his butt. Something like that. Right. Because Bo's God, his Elohim God, is not delivering the goods. He's only doing one out of 27.

And so the money managers here are not following Bo Poly. They told me about a couple of other guys that are really fucking good. These guys are not using Elohim gods that they're following. The guys that they're following in the Wu business are using obscure kind of algorithms and this sort of thing. Chartists and that kind of deal.

One that really had their attention is a Chartist that plots money and also, like myself, tracks emotion and language. And he's been pretty good. They're saying it's over 60% of his calls on stuff are exact. And out of the 40%, half of those are pretty close. So it's not quite to the number he projects and that sort of thing.

Right. But it's within this range. So they're very impressed with this guy, and they're following this guy and they bought into his service, et cetera. But they're saying, no, we're not paying money to Bo. One out of 27 is not good enough for us.

He actually figures that if he got one out of ten and he knew that he was going to get nine wrong, he could devise a strategy where that one would pay for the other nine and still produce profit for him. But he said one out of 27, he says no. He said you'd end up having to risk vast quantities of money, hoping that you're on that 27th, one that's actually going to pay off. Right. And so he said it's a net loss.

You're just never going to be able to overcome the ods in this. But that one out of ten, they would work it. And anyway, they're working on a guy now that is getting six out of 1060 percent. So they're pleased, they're quite happy, but they're not happy in general because they know the crack up boom is coming. And the reason I was talking to him was we were talking real estate.

He wanted me to basically give him the benefit of my local knowledge on real estate in Washington state and so on. Not good news for him. There's not going to be a safe haven in earning real estate. So there's real estate properties that earn for you. You could rent out an office to a corporation, that's not going so well.

That's commercial real estate, right? These earning properties are properties that would have resources on them that could be harvest intermittently or were rentals for vacation houses, that kind of thing. That's a different market than commercial real estate. It's not really commercial because it's much more irregular in happenstance. It falls into these categories of earning properties, but it's not as good as a resource property.

Even Resource properties are having their problems because the price on resources is all wonky and the fiat currencies are all fucked up. But in general, resource properties are holding their own in terms of relative value. So I know this because I've got a resource property. I own a little tiny bit of acreage, 48.8 acres. It's timberland.

And so we got some good trees we can harvest, et cetera. But going forward, we'll be able to get some income off of that. But anyway, but the crack up boom is coming. Something is going to hit our financial system around the 18 February, 2024 (+/- 3 days) that week. I just picked that day based on the cluster of data and thereafter, I think it's going to start the process that leads us up to hyperinflation in May, and that by then we'll be into the serious crackup boom.

Now, it makes sense that the timeline that I've been able to see where once your country hits a certain level of hyperinflation, once the people start spending the money as fast as they can get it, once people stop going to take out loans and so forth, the country's got about five months before the government collapses. And so that would make our government collapse. If we hit hyperinflation in May, then we're going to have collapse of the government in October or November. And that'll be the point at which you don't have college professors showing up. That'll be the point at which nobody goes to the schools because they're not getting paid enough to make it worth their while.

I ran into a guy today that is making. He's a kid. He's making $17 an hour and it costs him half of an hour's work in order to buy a fast food lunch. He's a big guy. Of course, fast food is not good for you anyway, and he doesn't want to eat it.

But basically his point was, it's not possible for him to pay for housing and pay for food and pay on any debt he may have at this level of purchasing power with the currency. And so he doesn't know what he's going to do. And it's a real bitch for kids that way. He's got an uncle who lives east of the mountains in the dry side of eastern Washington. And so I was talking to the kid and I told him, hey, you might want to go over to your uncle's place.

He told me where it's located and use that as a base. Stay with him for a while and go out and pan gold, get ahead of the game. And so he's seriously thinking about that. Anyway, I'm back here and I got to put away and do chores and stuff. So crank up.

Boom. I figure is the process of it starts in February. You should maybe see all time highs on stock market shit. Maybe in March. And then it's going to go way downhill real fucking fast as we get into April and May.

And that's to say nothing of the impact of the hyper novelty. Anyway, guys, take care. Talk to you later. I got some stuff coming up. Maybe I can make a video about.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


6000 years in the making! GGR! – 11-21-2023

6000 years in the making! GGR! - 11-21-2023

6000 years in the making! GGR! - 11-21-2023

Episode Summary:

Clif High's discourse, titled "6000 years in the making! GGR!," dated November 21, 2023, presents a sweeping critique of contemporary society, touching on various issues from food scarcity in small towns to the influence of the Khazarian mafia, a group he accuses of orchestrating global events like the COVID pandemic and the Great Reset. He expresses skepticism towards mainstream narratives, especially those propagated by the media, and points out what he perceives as widespread corruption in politics, academia, and the justice system.

High discusses the Khazarian mafia's alleged plan for a Great Reset, aimed at restructuring global society, which he finds deeply flawed. He argues that the plan is destined to fail, citing the lack of foresight in anticipating the consequences of their actions, particularly the discontent and potential backlash from younger generations affected by these policies.

He observes a growing public awareness of media corruption, predicting a shift in perception as more people recognize the biases and manipulative tactics used by mainstream outlets. High suggests that this awakening will lead to a broader societal transformation, including a reevaluation of the COVID pandemic and the effectiveness and safety of the vaccines.

High foresees a global revolution, stemming from the public's disillusionment with the establishment. He predicts significant changes in various spheres, including politics, academia, economics, and the justice system. He specifically mentions efforts in Argentina to dismantle government agencies that serve the interests of the World Economic Forum (WEF), suggesting similar movements could occur elsewhere.

Discussing the economic situation, High predicts hyperinflation and a subsequent collapse of government agencies due to financial instability. He suggests that this economic turmoil will coincide with political upheaval, especially impacting the Democratic Party in the United States. High believes that these events will lead to a rejection of established authority and a reevaluation of figures like Einstein, whom he accuses of plagiarism and pedophilia.

In a bold forecast, High anticipates the discrediting of major scientific theories and the emergence of new schools of thought. He predicts that this period of 'hypernovelty' will challenge established scientific paradigms, particularly those related to physics.

High also predicts a radical transformation of religious beliefs, driven by increased UFO sightings and the realization that many religious texts describe encounters with extraterrestrial beings. He speculates that this revelation will particularly impact Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, leading to a major reevaluation of religious doctrines and histories.

He concludes by suggesting that humanity is on the brink of a significant transformation, driven by the realization of long-held deceptions and the emergence of new truths. This period, he believes, will be marked by intense personal and collective reexaminations, leading to a profound shift in our understanding of ourselves and our place in the universe.

#ClifHigh #6KYrs #SocietalCritique #KhazarianMafia #GreatReset #MediaCorruption #PoliticalCorruption #GlobalRevolution #EconomicCollapse #Hyperinflation #UFOs #ReligiousTransformation #ScientificReevaluation #EinsteinCritique #PublicAwakening #COVIDPandemic #VaccineSkepticism #DemocraticParty #USPolitics #ArgentinaReforms #WEFInfluence #MainstreamMediaBias #ExtraterrestrialBeings #JudaismImpact #ChristianityChange #IslamReevaluation #Hypernovelty #PersonalReexamination #CollectiveShift #UniverseUnderstanding #AuthorityRejection #NewScientificTheories #GlobalGrandmothersMeeting #PedophiliaAccusations #HumanityTransformation

Key Takeaways:
  • Clif High critiques various societal issues, focusing on the influence of the Khazarian mafia.
  • He criticizes the Great Reset plan and predicts its failure due to lack of foresight.
  • High points out widespread corruption in media, politics, and academia.
  • He discusses the public's growing awareness of media manipulation and political biases.
  • High predicts a global revolution stemming from disillusionment with the establishment.
  • Economic predictions include hyperinflation and the collapse of government agencies.
  • He forecasts significant changes in scientific paradigms, especially in physics.
  • High anticipates a radical transformation in religious beliefs due to UFO revelations.
  • He emphasizes the need for humanity to reexamine its understanding of the universe and its place in it.
Predictions:
  • The Great Reset plan will fail, leading to discontent among younger generations.
  • A global revolution will occur, driven by public disillusionment with the establishment.
  • Hyperinflation will lead to the collapse of government agencies.
  • Einstein's theories and contributions will be reevaluated and criticized.
  • Increased UFO sightings will challenge and transform major world religions.
  • A period of 'hypernovelty' will emerge, challenging established scientific and social norms.
  • The Democratic Party in the U.S. will face significant setbacks due to these societal changes.
  • A 'Great Global Revolution' will lead to a new form of global congregation, termed the 'Global Grandmothers Meeting'.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

6000 years in the making! GGR! - 11-21-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's still the 21st. Yep, still the 21st. Didn't change on me.

It was just a hellacious horror in the food store. Needed a stick to fight your way through the aisles. It's a small town, so, you know, resources are concentrated. It's not like we've got a dozen major food stores in town. Really?

Only two, I think three if you count this little smaller one.

Anyway, heading out now back to the coast. Got to go over this little range of mountains, and then I'm home, and I can do real work instead of out fighting for supplies. Anyway, so, you know, you have to you have to think, and at least in my from my perspective, that the Kazarian mafia has people that are planning shit. I mean, we see it all the time. This UVAL guy that wants us all to be jacked up on silicone and transhumanist, right?

They're planning stuff, but we never see any sign of their actual planning groups that are dealing with the immediacy of things.

So you got to wonder, do they see some of this shit coming? Right? I know that they must. They're sort of trapped. Their vision is indeed obscured by a lot of their own internal kind of things, their own internal constraints that are put on their minds, by their philosophy, by their weird Satanic religion, all of this kind of stuff, right?

So the mother Weffers, the Khazarian mafia, they're trying to rule the world. They had this idea for a great reset in which we would all own nothing and be happy. I mean, these guys are just ludicrous. They're so fucking funny. Anyway, so they got some of the young and impressionable people to go along with this.

But what really floors me is like, wait a second, mother. Weffers these guys are going to age and they're going to really suffer owning nothing, and they sure as fuck won't be happy because you can't guarantee that kind of shit, right? That's an internal condition kind of thing. And so what are you going to do when all these Gen Z guys get really pissed about owning nothing and having no retirement and all this kind of stuff, right?

How are they going to react? But anyway, so that was their great reset. So not the best planners. I mean, these guys really insofar as I can see, they're okay within the limits, but they've had it too easy too long, right? If you own the media, you own the colleges, you own the courts, you own all the schools, and you mostly own politics, you got it too easy.

So what's going on now, though, is that we've had this response to their pushing us into this great reset with their climate crisis, which doesn't exist, with the COVID which was a Psyop, in order to get you to take a depopulation shot. 17 million people have died from that fucking shot. They estimate. I think it's higher than that globally. And we're still not pointing figures and saying, hey, these fucking shots are killing people.

The Woo people are we've been saying that from the beginning, but mainstream media doesn't echo it, so the normies don't see it, right? Well, all that shit's changing now. We're now seeing this big splits happen as the media gets the shit kicked out of its authority by the release of the January 6, by all the judges overturning all of the horseshit attempts to take Trump off the ballot and all this other crap, right? So all of this is forcing the normies to look at the circumstances of what's going on. And so they're becoming aware that the media and all this stuff is corrupt.

So they know politicians are corrupt. Now we got to show them that judges are corrupt. They got an idea that the colleges are corrupt. They know that all their kids are being taught by corrupt school teachers and so on. But you got to put each and every one of these things together, all these little dominoes together, in order that you might push one over and they'll all fall.

You have to show them all, you have to stack them all. They have to be in the appropriate position. And that's what's been going on. Now. We're about to enter into a much more dynamic phase here, right?

Crap road work. Wouldn't you know it anyway. Oh, Ups trucks being held up anyway. So we're into this period of time where it's going to get much more active both in terms of manifestation of crap people doing things out and about, as well as in the reporting of the people out and about doing things. And this splits happen is going to be increasing, but it's also going to be like widening.

The gap between the reality and what the media reports is going to widen. And it's going to keep widening as people see the gap, as they see the lies the media is putting out. It's going to keep increasing as we go forward here, so that it's going to be increasing as well as solidifying, right? So it's going to solidify and firm up in people's mind that, yeah, these media bastards are traitors. And they're not only traitors, they're part of a group of traitors and criminals and stuff.

So they'll be folded into the Kazarian mafia. You will be able to look at them and not separate them from the Kazarian mafia, just like you see the mother Weffers you know, you're looking at the Khazarian Mafia when you see Klaus now, he's not the head of anything, he's just the face. The people you don't see run it. The ones you don't ever hear about are the ones that are running this operation in the background. But anyway, so they had their great reset all designed up and it's all set and so on, but people are responding and we had the Great Awakening.

Now what a lot of people in the sort of like the main body of humanity are not seeing is that there is a predictable interplay between the Khazarian mafia's attempt to do the great reset and the great awakening. That was the response. And there will be a natural outgrowth to this and that's going to be the great global revolution which we're in now. Okay, so part of that great global revolution is the January 6 tapes. It not only shows the criminality of the Congress critters, many of whom are resigning rather than face investigations and potential jail time and stuff for their treason, they're just not going to run again.

And so we're going to see all kinds of holes created in the political environment that's going to have a real deletorious effect on the communists, the Democrats, they won't be able to effectively get people in to run for these slots fast enough to be able to prepare them to steal the vote. So not only are we going to see election integrity coming back, but we're also going to see their ability to manipulate the social consciousness so diminished that they're not even able to really plan to cheat. Right? They just won't have the ground troops, the people involved bear in mind they've killed off a lot of their ground troops. A lot of the true believers took the shot and have died.

You wouldn't believe the number. I mean I saw a video that was just flash, flash, flash, flash of pictures of people that were shot, promoters who have had the shot and died and there must have been like 200 of the fuckers in this little five minute video. Like major names. I mean I don't know a lot of them but because I didn't follow the influencers that much. But nonetheless, that's what we're getting into is they've had a lack of ground troops because they killed a lot of their ground troops off.

But anyway, so the global revolution is happening now. This is a part of and will manifest within our hyper novelty. So I expect within the period of hypernovelty that we'll be having revolutions in politics, academia, economics, justice system, political thought, governmental planning, all of this kind of stuff, right? So look what's his name in Argentina is doing. He's just going to go through and wholesale eliminate all of these federal agencies in Argentina that were created by the WEF that really are only there to serve the WEF's interest.

So we don't need a Department of Ecology, right? It's a regulatory authority that works for the WEF trying to convince everybody that here in Washington State that we've got a climate crisis and you need to be zero carbon and all this kind of shit, right? So these guys have the WEF as masters. So if we had an effective governor here, he would go through and eliminate the Department of Ecology and we'd eliminate all of these things. It won't matter a lot in the sense that some of these things, in my opinion, will be self limiting next year.

Some of these governmental agencies because people simply will refuse to go to work because they're not being paid enough to endure the problems that will be developing and as a result of the degradation of the purchasing power of the money down to zero. And so we're going to have this weird kind of a thing where there will be people that will want to eliminate a lot of the agencies, but a lot of the agencies may just collapse on their own as we get further into the year and the economic situation really worsens. At some point we'll get to when we have I think it'll happen simultaneously, that when we get to the point where government employees are walking away, that will be the threshold for hyperinflation because we will have come to a point where monthly inflation will deprive them of any benefit for those jobs they have. Now, bear in mind government jobs as a rule, except at the very high end where you're a member of the Khazarian Mafia and they slot you into a position, or create a position and just pay you tons of money to launder money to you for your service and killing humans or whatever the fuck they've got you doing. All of that kind of thing at that level has flexibility relative to the economics, but everybody else doesn't.

There's a trade off. The government employees are given lower salaries for their job because it is theoretically much more secure. They can't be laid off. There aren't intermittent layoffs. There aren't industry fluctuations.

Yada yada yada. So there's sort of a trade off. If you're an employee, you have a good retirement system, it's theoretically adequate and it's secure. Well now we're going to see that it's not secure, that they're not being paid enough and so on. And it's going to break this unspoken sort of social contract between the employees of government and the government itself, right?

The owners of the government, the mother, Weffers because we don't own our own government, right? We own the Congress, so we own the House of Representatives. The people do, but we don't own any other part of the government now as we go forward and the great reset continues to fail. It's failing massively everywhere. Even the mother Weffers are noticing it's failing.

Even some of the media is noticing that it's failing. And now we're going to get into this part of the great global revolution. This was in our data since like maybe 2006 and it ultimately led to what I called the global grandmothers meeting. And that would be like a people version of a global Congress. We're not for setting laws and stuff, but for people to get together and discuss and plan and strategize on problems that are besetting humanity.

And we're coming up to that at that point. Okay, so let me back up at the point that the government employees start walking away from my local county and walking away from the state government and so on. Now I actually expect that it'll go the other way, that we'll have people walking away from federal jobs before they start walking away from state and then they'll walk away from state jobs before they start walking away from county and other local jobs. A lot of the local jobs will disappear with the federal agencies because they're entirely funded by the federal government in this weird round robin of tax collections being shuffled around anyway. So at that point that we have employees walking away, I think that that's going to be a good marker for hyperinflation and that thereafter we'll see people that do have jobs, that do have paychecks, as soon as they get their paycheck, run on out and spend it that day, that hour, they may even allow employees to do just that.

In other words, if you got your paycheck at ten in the morning, they may let you going out for an extra hour that day. You may get off an hour early or something just so that you can spend that money to capture some of its value before it degrades even further. And so I think this is like next year, I think maybe into February, March, April, something like that. As it happens, the whole hyperinflation bloom starts. Then we can put a counter, a timer on things, right?

So we could say basically that it's between five and nine months after we get a hyperinflationary episode that the government fails. Well, coincidentally, if we've got hyperinflation rising up March, April of next year, then five, six months later we're looking at going into the election. So, you know, certainly the Biden regime will fail. Certainly Democrats everywhere will be repudiated and kicked out. It's going to be a giant red wave that was just going to blow the socks off of anybody not paying attention.

So the normies will be blindsided. The political pundits and the pollsters and all of the people that believe all that horseshit will be blindsided. They won't understand what's going on. The people that really understand now are freaking out because they think somehow Trump's going to be, he's going to come back in and start executing people, just shooting them right and left. They don't understand that Trump wants the rule of law, right?

We've got to go through this is why I say bullshit to anybody that says that there's been secret executions in Guantanamo. That's 100% horseshit. They don't do anybody any good. In order for an execution to have any value at all, it must be public. You can't tell me that, oh, Obama got executed and a guy with a mask is running around as Obama.

There could be a guy in a mask running around as Obama. I would grant you that. But they wouldn't execute Obama without the public knowledge of it because they're not going to be able to recreate that effect of that information going through the public if they're announcing that he was killed six, eight months ago, right? So if the new media as it forms comes on out and the government spokesman says, well, here's a list of all the people we killed in the last three years, secretly it's like so that just does not work. And so these people are low intelligence and spreading disinformation.

Two other low intelligence people that also spread disinformation. Anyway though, as we get into this point where we have that hyperinflationary threshold that's also going to be simultaneous with the global revolution really picking up speed. And this is of course part of hypernovelty. So in hypernovelty there is no authority on anything. We're left to our own to sort it out, suss it out, research it and come to a conclusion.

We're going to go way back. Hyper novelty is going to go back so far that Einstein will be repudiated, his plagiarisms and lies will be thrown up. We'll examine his life and everybody will say, holy fuck, let's take away all of these Nobel prizes. Know, who cares about that? It's a mother weffer corporation.

The Nobel Corporation is a weapons manufacturer, dynamite, actually, and gunpowder, et cetera. But anyway we'll say, okay, so all you people that had distorted science with this Einsteinian stuff, you're out of know. And so we'll see a wholesale purge, very much like a purge within the Soviet Union or China or something like that. We'll see our equivalent of that kind of a purge going through academia. So you'll see all kinds of people resign from academia, college professors, all of these kind of administrator guys are going to certainly go because there won't be any money for the large staffs.

They'll have to actually struggle to get anything to happen. And there will be too much problems for them to deal with, especially as their ideology will have been repudiated by the public and they will be getting called out on it everywhere all the time.

There's some interesting stuff about that too. But in any event, so our social order will change as a part of the great revolution here. And the great revolution is the great global revolution is going to go all the way back into the 18 hundreds. So we will repudiate and show that in 1972, experiments done at NASA proved the ether exists and that space is not a vacuum. And that experiments in 1972 proved that the 18, I want to say it was 81 or something.

Mitchellson Mori experiments were faked. They were deliberately done to provide the understanding that the ether did not exist in order that the Kazarian mafia could take over the academia science, physics and keep us in this bottleneck of no new inventions for well over 100 years. But in the 1850s, 1850, 418, 56, something like that, we see the first indications of the E equals MC squared formula. Even Leclerc Maxwell commented on it. As did Heavyside, as did Tesla.

And they all came to the conclusion that, well, it's an interesting little bit of math, but it is meaningless relative to invention or making any kind of an experiment because it cannot be validated. There's no mathematics from it that in any way tell us anything about the universe that allows us to do any engineering from it.

In fact, it's so bad that if you go read Feynman, Richard Feynman, he wrote a bunch of books about physics. He was a big guy involved in the creating the atom bombs in the World War II. If you go read him, he explicitly says in his book, repeatedly, that E equals MC squared is a bunch of horseshit and that Einstein was full of crap. He doesn't actually say those words, but he skirts around it. But he does say that the atom bombs in no way involve atomic energy.

That what they actually are, are electrical bond bombs. Because the bomb separates a molecule at its electrical charge level, so it breaks one part of a molecule away from another part of a molecule and that's what releases all the energy.

And he even says in there, in some of his comments on the philosophy of the whole thing, that he's just going along to get along with the statements in the science mainstream and he's then going ahead to still engineer his electric bomb in spite of the fact that everybody calls it atomic. So anyway, we're going to get rid of all of this shit. We'll start examining all these things in reality because we'll have to, we'll be forced to by the appearance of the UFOs and so on. Now we're going to go back even further than the 18 hundreds with this because the UFOs in this great revolution are going to force us to reexamine all of the fucking religions because they're all based on worshipping space aliens. There are religions that don't have that aspect to them that predate all of the invasions by the space aliens.

And maybe those will get a revival, I don't know. So like Jainism is one of those. There's a bunch of different ones here. The thing they have in common is a non personality god. They don't have a corporeal god or a god with a personality and a name.

Wotan, Zeus, yahweh. None of that. Right. All those were corporeal beings anyway though. So as we do this, that's going to severely impact Jewish people, all right?

So Jewish people now have an unearned privilege of birth in that they are born as a chosen person supposedly, and they're educated that way that oh, God chose you, your lineage means that God chose you. And then they go into all the other crap. But nonetheless that's going to fall away because all of the Jewish people are going to have to reconcile themselves to their gods. Being corporeal and space aliens and abusive, right?

This is going to affect Christianity and it'll affect Islam, but to a lesser degree than Judaism. I don't know how Judaism is going to respond nor survive this process. So in a couple of years, we may find that no one's building synagogues, no one's following any of these kind of things. People are not observant. There's no respect for the law.

The Talmud, and everybody at that point understands that the Torah is a factual description of what it was like to live with the Elohim. Well, we will be looking at these kind of things factually without this religious overlay, without the fairy tales that have been put on it by all of the generations, without the pious forgeries, the guys claiming, oh, yeah, I lied, but God wanted me to. He put the words in my head so that I could lie effectively and deceive you to believing that the rauch a jet kind of a fighter kind of a thing is really the Holy Spirit. We're going to get into this at a serious level that's going to have a major impact on all of the people that are believers. And we're going to have big schisms and social chaos at a level that we have not yet seen and that we cannot anticipate.

We can anticipate some aspects of it, but we'll never be able to forecast how it's going to seriously manifest in anything other than a major headline. We won't be able to get down into the details because this is going to be basically billions of individual people going through really a hard look at themselves and the world in which they find themselves and their life to this point. So it's going to be quite traumatic for lots and lots and lots of people.

And at that same time, the reason that we're going to be doing this is because of the uptick in the UFOs and the insistence, because they're going to have to start insisting on it. All right. And you'll see the language change shortly after January or shortly after the first of the year in January. That's my prediction on this, based on some temporal markers that were associated with my buddy Jason falling out of the sky and getting smushed by his airplane. So he was a temporal marker for a particular set.

We reached a particular point in that set that had cross links over to other sets that are indicating to me that we're X number of days, x number of months away from these other sets manifesting and being reported as having manifest. So we'll see the language change as the militaries in January start insisting to people that UFOs are real. They've got a real problem at the moment. And that problem is that there's been 75, 80 years of the mother Weffers putting out that UFOs are bogus. Anybody looks at a UFO as a conspiracy theorist, anybody that says they're having seeing a UFO as having a stroke or some other mental problems and UFOs don't exist.

And so they've got the populace inculcated to this disbelief of them, even though everybody says when they do polls, you'll find that some 65% of the populace will respond affirmatively that they think UFOs are real. But anyway, so it's going to go way the fuck up because of the number of UFOs around. But starting in January, in my opinion it'll be January. I don't think it'll take as long as February because things are moving fairly quick. But we'll have the militaries coming on out saying, insisting that we take space aliens and their appearance here on our planet seriously.

And we'll start seeing some response in the language of the military when they don't get the response from the populace that they want. So disclosure is going to have to be forced. They're going to basically have to come out and beat some of the normies on the head with the information in order to get the effect that they want relative to what's going on. But things are moving so rapidly. Temporal markers are manifesting that are really pointing to our collective.

Probably two years of a dark night of the soul as humanity reexamines itself. Going back 6000 or more years, it's going to come on out. We'll start looking at the Yugas. They'll start teaching the yugas. We'll start having a different teaching structure.

Schools will fall apart, new schools will emerge, new teachers will emerge, they'll have different structures and so on, right? And so the world will be morphing itself, or humanity will be morphing itself over these next years as hypernovelty expresses itself with no authority on anything. So there's not going to be an authority on physics, so Einstein's no authority, einstein's a plagiarist pedophile. So it just going to be quite exciting. It's going to be scary as fuck for all of the normies and for all of the people involved that used to have their lives underpinned by some level of authority somewhere.

I've been fighting authority all my life. I've been fighting authority since the 22 November 1963 and I know what it's like, I know what we're heading into. Also I've had that experience of having to examine myself in my life and everything because my father was in the military and so in the era of Vietnam, he did three tours in Vietnam, so I saw it from his perspective. But I also saw the whole thing from all the communists and the kids against the war and all of this kind of stuff, right? And since I was of that generation, I needed to reconcile my life having been paid for basically by my dad's service in the military, as well as all of these other aspects of that.

And so in that sense, I'm examining the core of my situation, the way that the Jewish people are going to have to examine the core of their situation, right? Their personal situation has been impacted by this giant lie that has been continually told for some 6000 years that the Elohim were gods. The Elohim chose the Jews, ergo the Jews were chosen by God, ergo they have the right to rule people, as the Zionists suggest, because they were chosen by God. How could you dispute that? Well, it's like stuff happens.

Hang on a second here, sorry about that. Anyway, so we're coming into that and it's going to take a long time. People will still be going through it years from now, but the first initial rush of it all is going to be for like March, April, so April for sure, the Wu people will be getting into it, right? And they'll recognize what's going on. By June we'll see a big chunk of the normies getting involved in this.

Many of them will be feeling it, they'll be reeling from it, but won't understand why any of this is going on because they're not aware of themselves and the inputs that are coming into them and so on. But as I say, it's going to be quite fascinating. We're basically there now. The temporal marker of Joe falling out of the sky with his airplane smashing on him is a pretty solid one. When we get temporal markers like that in these small sets that are connected to all these other larger sets, they turn out to be relatively powerful in the sense of like, using a firecracker to set off a stick of dynamite.

The firecracker itself was interesting and so on, but it leads to a much larger effect further on and we're getting into that now. Okay, so it's turkey week, I got to get all this stuff set up and do things here, so I'm going to sign off now. It may be a while before I do any more of these s. We've got property viewing next week so I don't know what the schedule is going to end up being insofar as going and doing chores and so on. All right, talk to you guys later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Antiselenite – 11-08-2023

Antiselenite - 11-08-2023

Antiselenite - 11-08-2023

Episode Summary:

"Antiselenite" by CLIF HIGH, titled "Aether-Pirat.pdf," presents a series of discussions and theories touching on a wide range of topics. These include:

  • Observations on the Moon: The author talks about changes on the moon's surface, specifically disappearing craters, suggesting non-natural alterations. This includes a discussion about the nature of impact craters and the moon's landscape. The disappearance of certain moon craters has affected spatial projects and tasks involving the moon.
  • Car Accidents and Environmental Observations: High describes witnessing a severe car accident near his property and reflects on the rapid environmental degradation of vehicles in his area.
  • Discussion on Elohim and Historical Reinterpretations: The author delves into theories about the Elohim, an alien race allegedly controlling the moon and Earth's history. He speculates on their potential locations in the solar system and their influence over human history, particularly over the Jewish people and the foundation of Israel.
  • Financial Systems and Potential Nuclear Threats: There's a detailed discussion on the fragility of the global financial system, particularly the impact a nuclear explosion would have on central banking and financial markets. The author expresses skepticism about the likelihood of nuclear war due to its catastrophic economic consequences.
  • Normies, Overwoo, and Future Speculations: High talks about the collision between 'normies' (ordinary people) and 'Overwoo' (those who believe in supernatural or extraordinary theories). He anticipates a future where politics extend beyond Earth, involving alien races and technologies.
  • Predictions and Speculations: He makes various predictions and speculations, ranging from changes on the moon to global financial collapse and geopolitical shifts, largely influenced by extraterrestrial activities.

#Antiselenite #MoonMysteries #Elohim #AlienInfluence #FinancialRisks #GlobalPolitics #Extraterrestrial #HistoricalReinterpretation #Israel #JewishHistory #NuclearThreats #EnvironmentalDegradation #CarAccidents #SpaceCraters #ClifHigh #SpaceAliens #InterstellarPolitics #EarthHistory #CentralBanking #Futurism #SpaceExploration #ConspiracyTheories #ScienceFiction #SpeculativeThought #AlternativeHistory #Geopolitics #EconomicCollapse #Predictions #SpaceColonization #ExtraterrestrialLife #AlienTechnology #HistoricalSpeculation #EconomicInstability #MoonLandscape #GlobalShifts

Key Takeaways:
  • Disappearing moon craters suggest non-natural alterations, possibly by aliens.
  • The Elohim, an alien race, may significantly influence human history and current global events.
  • Global financial systems are vulnerable to disruptions, particularly from nuclear threats.
  • Future Earth politics might extend to interstellar levels involving extraterrestrial beings and technologies.
  • Environmental observations and personal anecdotes provide a unique perspective on current events.
Predictions:
  • Major landform changes on the moon will affect Earth-based projects.
  • Economic collapse might occur following a nuclear explosion.
  • Political and social shifts on Earth are influenced by extraterrestrial beings.
  • Increasing complexity in global and interstellar politics in the near future.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Antiselenite - 11-08-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans.

November 8. Early in the morning. Too damn early. Old men get up early, but we don't like driving in the dark. Although my eyes are pretty good, I don't really worry about that so much.

Interesting times here. Um, so there's, there's some weird stuff going on. So some craters on the moon have disappeared. Okay, now, these are not impact craters. Impact craters are always at angle.

You never see a meteor come straight down on anything. They always come in at an angle. They therefore plow up and sort of auger in. They sort of dig in as they come in. Right.

So they'll have a bow wave that will kick up a bunch of debris ahead of them, and they'll have this, like, comet shaped hole that they leave. So it'll be long and narrow at the tail where it first comes in, and then it'll plow up. And when they finally stop, there's a big mass of material ahead of them. And that's the normal course of these things coming in. We don't have that on the moon.

All the craters have nice circular holes around them and they have material built up all the way around the edge of that hole. So if it were an impact, there would have to be come straight in further. All these craters have flat bottoms, okay? So they're not irregular. Those that don't have flat bottoms have stairstepped or spiral grooves cut in them as though someone were down there with a bulldozer.

Anyway, so a couple of these craters have been disappeared. And one of the guys I was talking to online, who's a. He does like NASA kind of stuff, right? He's a subcontractor for analysis for space guys. I guess he's also going to be doing some work with the Space Force.

So he says, right, but he's an analyst. Anyway, one of the things that he had to tell him was whoever it was he was doing a contract for, he had to come back and tell him, well, we can't do what you want because the moon marks or landmarks right on the moon, reference points on the moon that we had been using are gone. And so there were these three craters that they were doing something with spatially. They were trying to plot something, I don't know what, and they can't find them anymore. So they were named craters, the whole thing.

He said, one of them, we know where it is because of two other referential moon marks that they use. And he says it looks like it's been covered up by bulldozers. It looks like it's been flat. There's a flat plain where there used to be this crater. It wasn't a big crater or anything, but it was significant.

And then there's a couple of largeish, very significant craters that have disappeared, named after famous people and the whole thing. And so the famous people don't have their namesakes up there anymore. They don't have their talisman on the moon anymore because the craters have disappeared. So there's some kind of.

There's always activity on the moon. They're always doing stuff up there because, like us, they're running around. There's shit that has to be done every day. There's work, and the moon guys are doing that, too. The effect of this on this guy's, on the subcontractor's work was that he basically had to go back to him and said, you guys have to either redefine your parameters for the job or accept that it can't be done the way you want it.

And so I don't know how they're going to resolve it or any of that kind of stuff. But he said it was a very weird conversation and he made note that they didn't seem surprised. Okay, so he's dealing with some high level government guys. And he noted that in this meeting where he had to go on in and basically deliver this bombshell news that these craters weren't there to use as their reference points anymore for whatever their project was.

Then it comes back that, oh, wow. Damn. He expected a big reaction in the meeting and he basically got none. So that was a little interesting for him. Here's another one of those aid cars.

They're out here all the time now. The wreck that was there the other day on that other talk was a nasty, nasty wreck. This car was totally fucking destroyed.

The top was ripped off. There was no glass left on it anymore. I still don't know what happened. It was actually right across the street from the corner of my property, but that's only maybe a half a mile from the county's regional aid station, their fire station. Aid station thing there.

And so if you're going to have a wreck, that's a good spot. They were very close, and they got there literally seconds before I did with their primary fire truck thing. And then the aid car came just as I was pulling into my driveway. So within just a few minutes. Took them a long time to cut the buggers out of the car, though.

I don't know how many people. I don't know if there were fatalities. I'm assuming it's a vaccine. It was just really horrific to have happened right there. Usually we don't see the kind of speeds that would cause that kind of a wreck unless a logging truck was involved.

You have to understand, these logging trucks have 30, 40, 50,000 pounds of lumber on them. And we've got a small hill. So they have to build up speed. And then they get to the top of the hill there where my property is just a little ways on that top of the hill. So by the time they get up to my property, they're starting to gain speed.

As they're coming out of the speed control area, which is like 30 miles an hour. So they're trying to gain speed because they've got a long haul and a lot of weight. And they've just come up this short, windy hill. So usually even the logging trucks don't have enough speed to. But with that kind of weight, they would have crushed this little car, would have just smashed it all the fucking gone.

But I could not see what the cause of the accident was. So I only saw one car that was destroyed, didn't see any others that I could tell had been involved. You have to understand that out here, everybody, basically, they get a new car and they let it rust away on them. And then they go buy a new car because everything rusts so fast. And there's no point to trying to maintain metal against the environment.

So five year old cars, they get a scratch in the paint. They may have rust over huge areas as a result of that scratch. And even without that, they've got rust underneath and so on.

Basically, what I'm trying to say is, so a lot of cars, you wouldn't necessarily be able to tell they'd been in a wreck, right? Because they don't look that scookum to begin with. Scucum, by the way, is a Salish word. S-K-O-O-U-M.

It's used in a bunch of the tribes around here. There's a river name like that. So there's the Skookum Chuck river, which means finest kind fish, good fishing river, right? Skookum means top dog, finest kind, best of excellent, exceptional. Yada, yada, yada.

Anyway, so getting back to the moon. Okay, so this guy goes to the meeting. His principals, his clients are not that distressed. He has not shared what the result of the meeting was, what's going to go on, or any of that. He was just quite surprised that the people in the meeting, and I don't know how many there were, but he was quite surprised that they evidenced no shock that there had been major landform changes on the moon in the period of this contract, which I think is he's been dealing with this for about six months.

He said there was some six month reference in his writing about it. So there was something going on for maybe the last six months. And in that six month period of time, the nature of the contract has changed, like, radically. In fact, he cannot proceed with whatever the fuck he was doing the way they had originally planned six months ago, given the state of the information now that they're dealing with. Anyway.

So that was one interesting thing about the moon. It points to activity. It points to recent activity. It points to recent activity on a pretty good scale. I mean, we're not talking little tiny craters.

We're talking stuff that I guess the big one. I'll have to go and look and see how big it was. But it might be a couple of miles across, a good size one anyway, so that's not the only part, then. Okay, so there was this big screw up on my last RV, interaction with The RV guys on Dick Algier's group. And Dick Algier and his buddies are top dog in what they do.

I've got no complaints whatsoever. But the guy who did the tasking really fucked it up, in my opinion, and got me into kind of a bind with a bunch of stuff. And I'm just not doing any interaction with these guys anymore. Right. Because you got to go through this handler fellow in order to task out for the remote viewing.

So, anyway, so I'm not involved with them anymore. But the thing that had triggered that last target is much more active again now. And so we've got another prompt, so to speak, another point of activity. And this is the same point of activity that prompted that last RV. And it's much more energetic at this point.

We don't have a way to quantify it. So, I mean, it's not like we can say the people on the moon have had 10% more activity or 20% more activity because we're not keeping track of it in a meaningful fashion. We just don't know. There have been significant, noticeable, substantial changes on the moon indicating activity that we have not seen recently. Right.

So we haven't seen this kind of activity two years ago. All right, well, or three years ago. Two years ago we started seeing more activity. Last year we saw even a little bit more than the year before. And then this year, there's been a lot more activity than there has been in previous years.

And right at the moment that spot on the backside of the moon that had been our target or that had mistakenly been the target by the RV tasker know it was inappropriate. I didn't want to have Dick go and look at these space aliens. It was the last thing I wanted was for them to know we were snooping on them. I wanted a different set of information. And I was in the process of figuring out how we would target it all and task it all when the tasker for the group set them on to this spot on the moon and got us into this kind of a problem.

Anyway, though, that spot now is, like, twice as hot as it had been before, and it was the heat that had caused me to zero in on it as a source for, hopefully, the kind of information I wanted to find out.

I got some of the information right. So we found out that they're speaking at Truscan. So this makes a lot of sense relative to what some of the speculation has been about how things emerged, how things manifested on the moon. Okay, so that Etruscan is being used, that it showed up in the RV is very meaningful information. I'm glad to have it.

It's happenstance, but universe controls happenstance. So they wanted me to know this, and apparently that was supposed to be the takeaway for me. And I don't know if we would have gotten that if we had devised a different method for actually trying to find out what I was after. Right. So now we have to speculate on the WHO and the why part that I was trying to figure out, trying to suss out by way of analysis.

We have to speculate on some of that, but we do know some pretty solid stuff. And this thing about Etruscan is extremely meaningful because of the nature of the language. The small area in northern Italy it supposedly was spoken in. The nature of the language itself is not Teutonic, not know. It doesn't relate to Portuguese, Italian, Spanish, or French, nor any of the precursors.

And it doesn't relate to the Germanic languages, including English, which are all the Teutonic. So it's entirely isolated, yet it's surrounded by the evolution of the Romance languages through Italian. And also, it doesn't resemble Greek at all. There's some people that are saying that Etruscan is Welsh or Welsh is Etruscan. Right.

And there's a lot to suggest that this is factual because of the nature of how Britain was not. Okay, so it's not my goal to recreate and find out actual history of humanity. That's not what I'm attempting to do. It would be good to know this if I knew that it would seriously help the work I'm after. But as I say, it's not what I'm headed for.

That. Okay, so. But we are, in fact, having to do historical recreations as we go along to try and. Try and suss a few things out Here. And I'm of the opinion that the Elohim are still in charge of the moon, even though they may not live there on Mos.

Okay. I think that there may be a class of minions who may be mind controlled robots, for all I know. They're organic, though, so that may be the case, that there's, like, one or two of the Elohim up there to keep track of everybody, to keep on top of things, whereas the majority of them are gone. And in my opinion, they're living out near Saturn and Jupiter. They may be living on Iapetus, another moon out there that is, for all intents and purposes, appears to be created a device, manufactured.

They could be in spaceships. They could be on the major planets themselves. We just don't know. But it appears as though the moon is not their center of activity, that, if anything, it is an outlier, an outpost for their civilization. And as such, it may just only have a few of the Elohim there, if any.

But it does have minions, and we know that the Minion guys, at least, are out there doing stuff.

This stuff gets real complicated, especially with all of the stuff going on here on Earth. Bear in mind that without the Elohim, we don't have Israel and we don't have Jews, okay? The Elohim created the Jews. The Jews were not created by the Creator God. They were modified by the Elohim, and they accepted the dominion and instruction of the Elohim as to who they are, et cetera, et cetera.

And so the Jews say they are chosen by their God. Well, their God was Elion, the most high of the El, okay? He was not.

In any event, he's a corporeal being.

It's not a creator God. Monotheism, none of that. Okay, so Israel exists because these people are saying, hey, hey, these space aliens gave us title to this property. We don't have any genetic linkage to it. None of our people have ever lived there.

We're all Ashkenazi. We're all Khazarians and Ashkenazi, and none of our people have any genetic linkage to. Hang on. We got more shit going on on the road stuff here, I think. Okay, it.

Little puppy dog.

It.

We think he Came out of that house. Those people are nice. And taking him back.

It.

Yes, they got the dog. Okay.

All right. Stuff on the road out here, guys. If it's not bears, it's dogs. Now, I kid you not. I've had to slow down and stop because I didn't want to pound into a 400 pound bear that was ambling across the road.

Anyway, where was I with that?

Yeah. Okay.

So the Jews claim that God gave them title to that property. All right? We don't have a deed. Nobody's ever talked to God. That said, the Jews have actual title to this property.

This is all basically a scam, a con, okay? Even if they believe it, they can only take it back as far as the Elohim, who we know were fucking space aliens, who we suspect are still living on the moon, still controlling and inhabiting the moon and other bodies in our solar system. And perhaps they're down here fucking with us as know. There's always the rumors of the Anunnaki or the Elohim still having one or two people in.

So anyway, so we live in a confused state down here where we're being shifted around and manipulated and all this kind of stuff, all based on space aliens. So, you know, I mean, no wonder the Jews and the Israelis, the Israeli government's really pissed at me now. They've been irritating the American government to get shit to fall on me because of my statements. But the reason that they're doing this is because my statements about the Elohim chop off all of their claims right at the knees. Right?

Because if it's the space aliens that gave you title, well, hey, fuck that, dude. We don't acknowledge that the space aliens ever own this ship. We don't acknowledge that the space aliens have any fucking right to be given you any property at all. This being the know, we don't accept the existence of Israel as a claim from a God as to who should have it and why and so forth, right? And so in that sense, they say I'm a huge anti Semitic guy.

I'm not anti Semitic. I like the Palestinians. The fucking Jews are anti Semitic because they're not Semitic people. Less than 2% of the Jews are actually genetically related to the Semitic people that had previously inhabited Judea. Less than 2%.

So this is the state of our planet. It's basically coming to a hit. So all of these issues are all coming out. The Israelis are acting genocidal, just as the Elohim did. The Elohim had killed vast quantities of humans for various different reasons.

Okay? They were hunting to get a kind of a human they could genetically modify. So they tried to modify a lot, and when those failed, they would just kill them all, just remove them. Right? They tried all different kinds of stuff.

And so they've been killing humans for a long fucking time. And they've killed lots of them and have removed a lot. And this is just part of the way that they operate. So you can't, to a certain extent, get too bit out of shape about the genocide of the Jews, because this is how they've been trained by their Space alien masters.

Most Jews have not read the Talmud. Most Jews don't have a fucking clue about what's in it. Most of them, if they read any other language than their native tongue, are probably reading Yiddish and not Hebrew.

So hang on. Gotta do some stuff here. So anyway, so that's the. The state of our existence now is that we've got all this goofiness that relates to or is caused by the appearance of the Space aliens several thousand years ago. And it may not be that long.

So our history has been hugely distorted, and there is reason to suspect that as little as 1500 years ago, thereabouts, there were still el on the planet, and there may still be Elohim down in Antarctica. We don't know what the fuck's going on in Antarctica because our governments are not the creatures. They're not owned by the populace. Our governments are owned by some other entity, which we call the Khazarian Mafia, which may be owned on the other side of it by the Elohim. No way to know.

Anyway, so this is a state of it all now. You got the Israelis saying, we're going to Nuke Gaza, we're going to Nuke Gaza. This, as I said, was forecast as the sum of all fears. All this talk about nuclear bombs and all of that, right?

Personally, I don't think they'll do it. The reason I don't think that they'll do it comes down to essentially one key bit of information. That the owners of Israel, the central banks of the planet, the Rockefellers, et cetera, they know. They know that the minute that there's a nuclear explosion from anybody, it doesn't matter if it's the Jews or anybody, but if there's a nuclear explosion in Gaza, everybody's going to blame Israel, no matter who sets it off, right? But it doesn't matter.

The first nuke that explodes totally destroys the central banking system of the planet, right? The Russian central bank, even the Russian central bank would have bank runs because people would be so fucking freaked out. And every single bank in the Western world would fail because of the giant amount of bank runs that would just start and never fucking stop. Every time a bank opened, there would be people there trying to get money out of it. More of these slow fuckers, more road work anyway.

So I don't think they'll do a nuke because the situation is ever so much more dire than that, really, which is to say that the nukes also cause derivatives to fail. Okay. The confidence is pretty shaky now. The only thing that keeps derivatives afloat, so to speak, is the willingness of the central bank to buy them back and resell them to you and take some loss along the way just in order to keep them, quote, alive. And all the derivatives amount to quadrillions of dollars of petrodollars.

And the derivatives would sink the financial system because the derivatives are what are backing lots of the retirement systems around the planet, including the retirement system here in the United States, the Social Security system. So the first nuke in Israel destroys the Social Security system in the United States because there won't be banks to pony up the money to the federal government in order for this whole round robin thing, this slush fund, giant slush fund stuff to conTinue. And so we'll see. At that point, a nuclear explosion destroys the entire financial structure built on central banks from the Western world. At that point, we would imagine that an ounce of gold might fetch $30,000, $50,000, whatever people would be willing to pay you in terms of paper, and you're not going to be accepting digital.

Very likely you're going to want something a little bit more substantial. If you're in a deal like that, there won't be an exchange. There won't be a fixed value on gold or silver or bitcoin or any of that. Right? It will be whatever you can negotiate, whatever you're willing to hold out for in the way of a price, simply because we won't have the structure, the system, the regulation, the organization, in order to support a structured price control mechanism.

Right? And so right now, in some areas in China, gold is $2,300. There's actually an internal Chinese arbitrage on an ounce of gold. It's not much, it's probably not worth the trouble, unless you need to make those few dollars on each transaction. But it exists, and it's going to get worse.

Just in the normal course of things. If there's a nuclear explosion, then you can bet that price will go ten times as high, if not like 100 times as high, because there would be no way to tell what the reality is for a price. And your price locally wouldn't necessarily relate to anybody else's price anywhere else on the planet, because it's a matter of getting that gold or that commodity to them. And so location matters at that stage, right? And we get into an entirely different world.

This is why I don't think there's any real risk of nuclear explosions. It's really interesting that the Israelis are so fucking aggressive over this false flag. They created it. So in 1967, some Arabs were chosen to head Hamas. To create Hamas.

They were chosen by Mossad and the spy agency for Israel, whose motto is, by deception, thou shalt do. Really, really scary motto. Anyway, so the Mossad owns Hamas, and Hamas is owned by some really rich fucking millionaires or billionaires even, that live in United Arab Emirates, because the UAE is willing to support them and willing to give know, free room and board in these fantastic hotels and the whole thing. And so Hamas is an organization. So in my way of thinking, if there's an organization, then, hey, the Jews, the Khazarians, they can infiltrate that organization and take it over, and they probably will.

That's their method of operation is through the bylaws and organizations and so on. That's how they take over things. And that's what is happening with Jordan Peterson's arc. Jordan Peterson's kind of a slow witted fellow. He's a good thinker, but he's not a fast thinker.

He doesn't have a lot on the uptake, in my opinion, because he took the shots. He couldn't see so far that he understood that it was a depopulation agenda and so forth. Right? So he's just not that swift. He's more of a high end Normie.

Okay. Just like Bret Weinstein and his wife, Heather Hayne. I like these two. They're biologists, they're homies, they're Washington state kind of in. They used to live, like, less than 3 miles from my house in Olympia.

But they're basically high end normies. They're not woo people. They just don't grasp it.

Anyway, so we're at that point where we're having this collision between the normies and the Overwoo, and the Normies are thrashing around and they're getting all this information, and Normies are being told, oh, my God, there's going to be nukes, and Gaza is going to be irradiated incinerated, et cetera, et cetera. And the normies are getting all of this. There are plans afoot, right? So we're in the midst of a number of different agendas that are fighting it out. So there's a self organizing collective that wants to restore republic status to the United States, that wants to remove the Khazarian Mafia and the central banks from this country and set us back on our constitutional path.

They're fighting the Khazarian mafia, and then within all of those within the Khazarian mafia and the self organizing collective and so on are other smaller groups that have their own more immediate goals, and then they cooperate in this larger effort, and that's the state of our world. It's going to be really chaotic. It's not binary. I don't see the thing as simplistic as white hats versus black hats. That is just too narrow of an understanding here in our current situation.

It's going to get ever so much more complex as we start getting into politics outside of our planet, within the solar system here. Then we get into huge amounts of complexity relative to intergroup politics. So, for instance, the very minute that we have normies and officials, Jesus Christ, I'm in town now, and here's a small herd of deer led by a four point buck walking down the road. Anyway, they saw me, and they got off. They stepped up on some grass there, so that's good.

So anyway, the minute that we have the Normie media and normies having to face the idea of space aliens, then imagine this stuff that also has to be faced a little bit further down the road. So if we say, hey, there's Elohim living on the moon, and the Elohim did this, that, and the other thing, and we know they're there, and we can see their activities now. All right, we could stop right there. You instantly, if you're a woo person, you got to say, okay, if there is a group of space aliens living on the moon, are they native to our solar system, or did they come here from somewhere else? And then, of course, if they're up there living on the moon, what kind of technology do they have?

How did they get here in this solar system if they're not part of this solar system? If they're native to this solar system, where did they arise? Did they arise on Earth? Did they arise on the fifth planet that got destroyed? Yada, yada, yada, yada.

We've got tons and tons and tons of questions at that stage, none of which have any ability for us to resolve to answer, although we can whittle away some things that don't fit, so to speak. So if we just saw one of them, then we can make all kinds of speculation about the nature of the being and its history just based on some presumption of its biology and its working, of its biology, having seen it. So there's going to be huge amounts of New information coming out and then tons more speculation. And so the woo world is just going to go crazy as that happens with all of this Speculation and stuff. Right?

Anyway, so I got to get here and get some stuff done. There's the mill, but it's going to be an interesting period of time. Through these next bits of months, you get to see people out there saying, oh, we're going to have nuke war in December 4 or December eigth or something like that, right? And these guys, there's a lot of people saying this kind of shit. And they're saying it at the moment because there are some people out there saying, we're running reverse speech on all these world leaders.

And the reverse speech says that they want to nuke us all. And it's like their reverse speech mechanisms are not that Detailed, not that analyzed, not that rigid. And I don't know that they're actually based on a whole lot of facts relative to the past. So we don't have any history of reverse speech where we could say, okay, look, this guy using this method got this stuff out, these people, and it actually manifested this way. We don't have a whole lot of that anyway, though, guys.

So you're going to hear a lot of people with their nukes. I don't think it's going to happen because of the impact on the banking system, but you'll certainly hear it over these next little bit. So got to get some.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising – Shadowstats’ John Williams – 09-18-2023

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Episode Summary:

In August, the headline CPI was reported at 3.7% year over year, but estimates suggest it could be as high as eleven and a half percent. Had changes not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, the CPI would be around eleven and a half percent. John Williams, the publisher of Shadowstats.com, suggests that the actual inflation rate might be much higher than reported. The primary driver of inflation has been the heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve. The variability seen over the past year is largely tied to oil and gasoline prices. The administration's decision to open the Strategic Petroleum Reserve influenced gasoline prices. The CPI's recent upturn was due to rising gasoline prices, which are expected to rise further. The Federal Reserve's perspective on inflation is that an overheating economy drives it. However, the economy was already in recession when the pandemic hit. The current economic indicators suggest a deepening recession.

#August #CPI #Inflation #Shadowstats #JohnWilliams #FederalReserve #MoneyCreation #OilPrices #GasolinePrices #Economy #Recession #Pandemic #StrategicPetroleumReserve #EconomicGrowth #HeadlineCPI #CoreCPI #BLSReport #MoneySupply #Unemployment #GDP #PetroleumReserve #BankingSystem #LaborMarket #Employment #UnemploymentRate #DiscouragedWorkers #EconomicStatistics #FederalReserve #EconomicIndicators #HeadlineGraphs #EconomicCollapse #EconomicDeterioration #EconomicAssessment #EconomicOutlook #EconomicPatterns

Key Takeaways
  • The headline CPI for August was 3.7%, but estimates suggest it could be much higher.
  • John Williams of Shadowstats.com believes the actual inflation rate might be higher than reported.
  • The main driver of inflation is the heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve.
  • The variability in inflation over the past year is largely tied to oil and gasoline prices.
  • The economy was already in recession during the pandemic and is showing signs of a deepening downturn.
Predictions
  • Gasoline prices are expected to rise further in the coming months.
  • The economy is showing signs of a deepening recession.
  • The unemployment rate, based on broader measures, indicates a weakening economy.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Looking at the month of August. This morning we had a headline CPI that came out at 3.7% year over year, my estimates up at about eleven and a half percent. And had those changes been made, not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, they'd be 40 with CPI of around eleven and a half percent right now. CPI numbers came out today on Wednesday, and it looks like headline CPI ticked up yet again to now 3.7%. Core CPI has continued to fall now down to 4.3%.

We're talking now with John Williams. He is a publisher of Shadowstats.com, and we'll be talking about his measurement of what inflation could actually be. It may actually be much higher than it is today, his outlook on inflation, what's been driving inflation, and his outlook on economic growth. John, an honor to host you. Big fan of your work.

Thank you for joining us today. Thank you for having me. First, talk about what happened last month. With inflation ticking up slightly to 3.7%, what's your initial reaction to today's BLS report and the numbers that they released? What do you think drove inflation?

Well, underlying the inflation has been very heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve that's underlying it. But the variability that we've seen over the last year or so has been largely tied to oil prices and gasoline prices rising and falling. Specifically, if you look back at the pre election environment, a year ago, inflation, inflation was rising and the administration opened up the Strategic Petroleum Reserve and liquidated part of that to create a better supply of gasoline, which helped to bring gasoline prices down. And they also exported some of that which helped to boost the net exports and get the GDP up. While coming into the election, they drained about half the reserve and that pretty much continued into January of this year.

But now, from what I can see, it is not being drained. And you're beginning to see some reversal of those numbers as the markets responded. The big factor today in the upturn in the CPI was rising gasoline prices. And you've got much higher gasoline prices ahead. The gasoline prices came down before the election that gave you lower inflation coming into the election.

But gasoline prices are on the rise again, you can see them. Just to follow up on what you just said, why do you think there will be higher gasoline prices ahead, bringing the system back into balance in terms of supply and demand? Again, what the administration did was they took artificial means to flood the system with gasoline. That's pretty well worked out. Now we're going back to the older supply circumstance which will push the gasoline, it'll narrow the supply of it's narrowing the supply of gasoline and pushing gasoline prices higher.

Do you have an estimate or an idea of what the equilibrium price of oil should be?

What I'm looking at in the pricing here is generally how it gets translated into the US. Gasoline prices, I think you'll be another 10% higher the next two to three months. Okay, so going back to your inflation outlook, I didn't mean to interrupt you. So your outlook on inflation that I'm guessing is also going to be higher because of your outlook on gasoline. Well, in terms of the headline CPI.

But if you look at the way the Federal Reserve looks at the numbers, if you listen to the Fed Chairman, when he's outlining where things stood, he said that we had an overheating economy that was driving inflation and he was raising interest rates in order to kill the overheating economy and to kill the inflation. This is early on in the Fed's cycle here. Now, you had an economy at that point which was already tanking or had tank. The pandemic had hit, economy was in recession. We're heading back into recession even with the official numbers.

So that to say that the economy is overheating and they were raising rates to cool off the economy and that would help bring down inflation, that certainly helped to cool off the economy because the economy has continued to weaken since then. We're in a deepening recession. You're not seeing growth in any of the major economic indicators except the GDP, and even that's beginning to falter. We are going to talk about your recession outlook and your economic assessment, but I want to draw the viewers attention to your work on shadow stats. You provide what the site describes as alternative data or alternative charts, and in particular, you followed inflation for quite some time using a metric that they used to use and they no longer use.

So can you please just describe, first of all, your methodology for making this calculation and second, what your findings are for what inflation should be? Should we use these metrics? Sure.

What happened? And I'll contend that the headline CPI is about as good a measure you can put together of inflation as you had it up until the early 1980s. What happened in 1980 is all of a sudden you had a surge in consumer inflation, much as we had a year or two ago. Here where the Congress had set up a cost of living adjustment for Social Security recipients. They realized all of a sudden they were going to have a big dent in their budget for the next year because the amount of adjustments made to bring the Social Security recipients up to speed with inflation was going to be quite meaningful.

And what they did, instead of doing anything per se to reduce inflation fundamentally, they worked to redefine the series. And they so instructed the Bureau of Labor Statistics Catherine Abrams, who's then the head of the BLS, had in her memoirs that said, gee, if only you could find a way of using this way to approach and calculate these numbers, we might be able to find more money for the BLS. It was clearly aimed at changing the methodology, reducing the numbers, and effectively not being fair to the people who would go in on Social Security with the belief that their cost would be covered in the future. For rising inflation, the first thing the government did in its readjustment, one of the biggest single components was in housing. And it used to be that you'd have a measure of the cost of owning a house, but they redefined that as homeowners equivalent rent, where the government determined what the average homeowner would pay himself to rent himself his own house, and then they would estimate how much he'd be increasing the rent on himself going forward.

And then that was their inflation measure. And right up front, that knocked one and a half percentage point off the headline CPI. And the government's been very open about that. Every time they make a change, they explain what's happening, they estimate its impact. And all I've done is, I've taken the standpoint that the government should have left its methodology in place and done other things to balance things.

The people who came into the system and what they came into the system with is what I estimate. That's where the inflation measure is today, as I'm measuring it. Had they not made all these changes, and they've made a number of changes from 1982 into the early two thousand s the first decade of the 2000s, aggregate differential is up around eight percentage points at this point. So that it's.

I restate it as though they had not made those interim redefinitions because it's not on a consistent basis in reporting. I'm trying to report it as consistently as I can with the way it would have been. So that right now, looking at the month of August this morning, we had a headline CPI that came out at 3.7% year over year, my estimates up at about eleven and a half percent. And had those changes been made, not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, they'd be reporting with CPI up around eleven and a half percent right now. Even by your own measurements, the CPI has been coming down since its peak from last year.

John, is that primarily again because of the falling oil price? Yes, a lot of it's due to the falling oil price.

In fact, the oil prices probably have been the single biggest component there in terms of the volatility. But in terms of the high level that you're living with here, that's primarily due to the money supply. The variabilities with the oil price, the general magnitude is due to the money supply. Now, do you think that the money supply will at some point revert back to positive growth? The M two money supply has been contracting on a year over year basis, as you know, over the last year and a half.

Is there some point in which that could reverse in the next maybe twelve to 24 months. You think it's possible? The Fed can do a lot here. If they want to bring the inflation under control, they need to bring the money supply under control. What you're seeing with the broad money supply right now, the M Two is down about 4% year over.

Excuse me. Yeah. The broad money supply is down about 4%, I believe, year over year. So it actually has shrunk some. But the narrow measure is up about 4% year over year.

And it's not just the year to year change there, but what happened in that first year. When you're looking at the tremendous liquidity that was pumped into the system at the end of that first year after the pandemic hit, the most narrow measure was up something like 120% from where it was before. Year over year, the broad money supply, M Three, was up something like 43%, 44%. Year over year. That's unheard of.

But since then, as you go from year over year against the big disruption the year before to the next year, where all of a sudden your year ago was also at an elevated level, all of a sudden the year to year change comes back in line. So what we had is effectively a balloon of money growth in that first year following the pandemic. And all that cash that was surged into the system to prevent systemic collapse is still there. Do you think that the Federal Reserve may have overtightened monetary policy and contracted the money supply too much? No.

Let me put it this way.

They need to get the system back into balance.

It's very difficult to do this in a painless manner.

I don't see an easy way out of it for it. If they want to have a stable economy and a healthy banking system, it's difficult at present. The economy right now is contracting. If you look at things ingestion inflation, look at things such as retail sales, industrial production, the construction area, even the unemployment numbers turned negative last month. You had a jump in the unemployment rate.

That's showing a troubled economy. It's not booming the GDP year over year, it was heavily gimmicked by this oil deal. If you took the oil out, you'd had two negative quarters of GDP back in 2022. The last half of 2022 would have been negative except for the oil gimmicks. And we're now at the brink of probably turning negative again with the headline GDP, unless they start playing games again with the oil, which I don't think they can afford to do, given the depleted level of the petroleum reserve.

So it's not a stable circumstance. You don't have a booming economy. You never have. And it wasn't overheating. The Fed talked of raising the rates to kill inflation, but it needed to provide liquidity to the banking system and profitability to the banking system.

The banking system is fragile so that the higher rates, they have better margins. And with the money supply. They have liquidity which they need, but the money supply has not been meaningfully altered to try and contain the inflation. They didn't worry about the inflation initially. They knew it was going to be a side effect, but they were more worried about a systemic collapse and they prevented a systemic collapse.

And my hats off to them on that. Now, John, I like to play a clip of President Biden making a speech about the labor market. I've showed this to a few economists and I've gotten various responses. I like to get your response to this 1 minute clip, so I'm just going to play it for you. Please take a listen.

Sure. My predecessor was one of only two presidents in history who entered his presidency and left with fewer jobs than when he entered. Look, look at where I are now. Just this morning, we learned that the economy created 190,000 jobs last month. All told, we've added 13.5 million jobs since I took office, around 800,000 of them manufacturing jobs.

We created more jobs in two years than any president ever created in a four year single four year term we did in two years. What's more, when I took office, the unemployment rate was 6.3%. The nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office predicted that it would not get below 4% until the end of 2025. Now, unemployment and unemployment rate has been below 14% for the last 19 months, the longest stretch in over 50 years. We recovered all the jobs lost during the Pandemic.

We've added a million more new jobs. More than 700,000 people joined the labor force last month, which means the highest share of working age Americans are in the workforce now than at any time in the past 20 years. Absolutely not. That's nonsense.

First of all, he has people working with them who play with the numbers. But when he came into office, you were sort of at a nader and you had the collapse of the Pandemic in terms of the employment. So coming off what is the worst employment collapse in modern time? And having one of the greatest jobs gains and boost is not surprising. It's all relative.

The unemployment rate is not too meaningful, and let me explain why. Because I started off with the CPI, because I wanted people to have an honest report on what was happening to inflation. But the government has changed the way it does things with other numbers, including employment, unemployment, and the GDP. So I look at the way those numbers have been changed, and one thing that you'll find with the unemployment is the way that it's defined.

The headline unemployment rate is simply the count of the people who are out of work, want a job. And if you're out of work but you're not actively looking for work, you're not counted as unemployed. So that's the headline unemployment rate. And that got real low under President Trump, and it got real low here but now you're seeing that rise. There are broader measures, and I look at the broader measures as being more meaningful because people get discouraged.

There's no work to be had, and so they stop looking. They're called discouraged workers. If you haven't looked for work in the last, I think, six weeks, you're not generally not counted as unemployed. But if you weren't looking because you didn't think there were any jobs to be found, they'd count you as a discouraged worker, but they only count you as a discouraged worker for a year. After that, you're no longer counted.

If you look at some of the amazing jumps in the numbers here, what you'll find is that with the extraordinary gyrations that the employment numbers and really all the economic numbers have gone through with the Pandemic, you have some unusual things. And the first anniversary where people would be discouraged from working, or candidates discouraged workers because of the Pandemic, no job to be had, afraid to go back to work.

All of a sudden you have a sharp drop in the broader unemployment rate because they're just defined out of existence the way the unemployment rate is estimated with the payroll numbers.

That's an estimate based on what companies are actually doing in the way of payrolls. And those numbers, after a year or so, when they have hard numbers in hand, are probably the most accurate employment indication out there. But in between, you get all sorts of variations in Gyrations with the surveying and other games that are played. But the reason that the unemployment rate is as low as it is is that you have a lot of people who consider themselves to be unemployed but are not counted as unemployed because of the definitions and timing. And part of that is due to distortions that came out of the Pandemic.

The numbers that you're seeing with any of the economic statistics here have been knocked all around with the effects of the Pandemic. You wrote in a commentary earlier in the month that you think that the Federal Reserve wanted to trigger a recession, and it looks like it has succeeded. You said, starting here with the headline graphs on unemployment. Although the upside movement in the unemployment rate is minimal, the longer term plot shows it has started to take on the shape of something that was last seen with the Pandemic collapse in 2020. I think the general question would be whether or not, based on your calculations, the unemployment rate already indicates we are already in a recession.

Yes, it does.

The broader unemployment rates have been rising with me, but you'll see that in the last couple of months that the actual level of the unemployment rate has gone higher. Now, mine is a broader measure than the other ones because I include basically long term discouraged workers. That's a much higher number than the government has. But the government in the headline numbers, you get counted as unemployed only in the headline number, only if you're actively looking for work, then if you're you want a job, you're actively looking for work. If you've been looking for a job and got to work and there are just no jobs to be had at the moment, you're not looking, they don't count you.

And there are different degrees at which they measured going to their broadest measure, which is a U six, which after three months of discouragement, maybe six months of discouragement, they just don't count you anymore. So what I'm looking at those numbers and the patterns there, and the broader measures which the broader measure that I have, my broader numbers are getting as bad as they've ever been. And you look at the patterns of deterioration, the broader measures are getting worse. The headline numbers are getting worse. And that is to me an indication that the economy is weakening, not getting better.

I think the average consumer or a person watching this is wondering to himself or herself whether their standard of living is going to change in either way going forward into the next twelve to 14 months or 24 months. Given your outlook on inflation, given your outlook on economic growth or deterioration, what do you think?

I'm looking at a deteriorating economic circumstance, which will probably mean some deterioration in the quality of life and people's incomes depending on their employment circumstance.

The Fed has moved to kill the economy as much as it can by raising interest rates and it's having its effect. But the economy was already sinking. It was not exploding. It was not booming as the Fed was advertising. They were using that as an excuse for the inflation and why they needed to raise rates.

The reason they raised rates was to give the banks a better business environment. And the reason they flooded the system with liquidity was indeed to keep the system afloat, to keep the, the banking system afloat, to keep the banks set with liquidity. But it is that inflation, it's a money supply. Extraordinary growth. There big, big bulge now.

Yes, it's not changed much year over year since last year, but last year it was up 120% in the most liquid area. And that bulge is still there. And that's what's driving the inflation. We had an upturn in the inflation today.

That's due to two factors. One, again, just an underlying inflationary environment. But secondly, you had the variability of the gasoline prices, and that's going to go up and down, but the gasoline prices were catching up closer to reality. Do you anticipate the unemployment trend that you've just talked about to continue, which is to say unemployment will continue going up? I'm looking for the economy to continue to slow.

Know, either the federal government or the Fed gets more clever than they have been, but they're both right now doing everything they can to not necessarily deliberately to effectively stimulate inflation. The Fed, with its money supply growth, and we'll see if they cut back on that. They've leveled off. But again, you still have the bulger. The federal government just eliminated the debt.

So you're going to get an increasing flow of federal government spending on top of what the Fed's been doing here. And with the net result that you're probably going to see higher inflation, but the wages are not going to keep up with the higher inflation. So it's going to be a weakening economy for the average person. A final point I want to bring to your attention is a great wealth transfer that is to be expected over the coming decade. Currently, the baby boomers, people born between 1946 to 1964 hold the majority of wealth in America.

And as time passes, they're expected to transfer this wealth to the younger generations, the Generation X's millennials, and the youngest generation, Generation Z's. What does this wealth transfer mean for, first of all, asset prices, and second, just the economy overall?

Well, I would expect the impact to be very slow. Whatever impact it's going to be, you're already in the process of people just don't you don't lose five years of people overnight. It's a very slow process.

It I would not see that as destabilizing, probably stabilizing because it'll be, you know, the wealth to the extent the wealth gets transferred to the next generation, the next generation will have new uses for it that will presumably be put forward in a positive manner.

I don't see any real negative implications. I would say it's generally positive. It's a normal cycle. How much you end up putting people on Social Security or such, that may be another issue because that's going to be increasingly expensive. No limits on it.

Now, my problem is I think you're going to see a very uncontrolled circumstance with the government, with the Federal Reserve in the next year or two. When I say uncontrolled, rapidly spending money that the government can't pay off. The Fed has already created a tremendous amount of money that it's very difficult for it to pull out of the system. Both those areas are debasing to the US. Dollar, meaning higher inflation.

And I think we've got real risk of the inflation problem getting out of control here in the next year or two. Yes, that's what I was wondering, whether or not, again, going back to the wealth transfer, whether or not it has any long term implications for inflation, which is to say, have you noticed any differences in spending patterns between the older or younger generations? Well, the younger generations will tend to spend it on more near term needs, but the younger generation ages as well. I don't think there's going to be enough shift in the demographics in the next, let's say five years versus the last five years. It would make a marked difference in the other areas that are right now gyrating out of control.

But yes, that's an ongoing process and it helps the younger generations, helps their liquidity. Final question. You said that the inflation rate has the potential to go out of control.

Nobody knows for sure, but do you have an estimate as to what would be a reasonable level of inflation in the future, given your calculations? Well, today we had something that's historically it's, you know, we're still at levels that are high historically. In fact, we got up to levels last seen back in the beyond.

I don't think we're going to get back to 1% inflation again for a long time. I think where you are now is probably going to be the near term bottom. And with the way the Fed is still pumping up the system, it doesn't have an easy way of getting that cash out of the system. That cash is all sort of underpinning things as they are.

I think you're going to see the Fed will continue to not withdraw the money supply. Probably it's going to have to put some more in. As the economy continues to weaken, they get their desired recession and then they supposedly want to get out of it. That's all complicated on the federal government side where you now have unlimited government spending which has to be funded.

I think in order to contain the inflation, the Fed really needs to cut back its money supply growth severely. If you get back to where you were before then that's got to be done over five years or something. You may have a circumstance that will stabilize, but where it is now as that gets worked through, I think you're going to see the or as they attempt to work through it, I think you're going to see increasingly higher inflation, headline inflation.

It's higher now than they're reporting. So I'm guessing then you don't think the Federal Reserve will cut rates anytime soon, given that inflation will not come down anytime soon. Well, they could cut rates if they wanted to stimulate economic activity, which doesn't necessarily mean inflation, but they seem to be playing it that way.

What the Fed has done here primarily has been to keep the banking system afloat. They're owned by the banking system.

The banks need to be able to lend money. They need to be liquid, they need to be able to make money in lending money. And the things that the Fed's targeting here is aimed at keeping banking system solvent and in place. If they lose the banking system, you're going to end up with a new economy, new banking system. Such well if you don't expect the inflation rate to return to 2% in the future, in the foreseeable future, can we then expect the Fed funds rate to stay elevated at around 5%?

Is that the new norm? Of course that has implications for our credit card rates, mortgage rates, all other interest rates. Well, I think the Fed concluded that it had interest rates too low and I think they want to have a shift higher in basic interest rates. I don't think they're not going to go back down to where they were, but I think they may well go higher as they try to contain things here. It's not stable.

They don't have things in balance. The pandemic is extraordinary. The extraordinary magnitude had extraordinary effects, extraordinary reaction by the Fed. The Fed doesn't have a way of unwinding it. They're trying to they want to keep everything as stable as possible.

But number one, keeping the banking system stable because that's their primary baby. That's what they're there for. If they lose the banking system, you have all sorts of economic chaos. So it's they're they're gonna I don't think they're gonna let the money supply get back as low as it was. They'd like to see the interest rates permanently higher than they've been historically.

They've been extraordinarily. So it'll whether they can get it there or not while keeping the system together is another matter.

Thank you very much for a very thorough interview. John, where can we learn more about your work in ShadowStats? There actually is a website, Shadowstats.com. It's been around for 20 plus years, and it was on a web host that back in August went out of business with little notice and had to move it moved the site, but everything was sort of antique in its writing and such. Right now I've got a site either go to WW Shadowstats.com, it's got all the archives in it.

You can see what I've written in the past, but it's very difficult to interact with. So I'm setting up a new site. It's got to be rewritten, but everything that I've written, what I put on the way of commentary, graphs, I publish alternate data, numbers on inflation, unemployment and such. The subscribers are all getting that by email link. So if anyone's interested, just drop me a line at Johnwilliams @ shadowstats.com.

I'll send you the details. I'll send you a sample of what I put out. And I offer two subscriptions at varying lengths. One year at $175.06, months at $89. Excellent.

Well, we'll put the links down in the description below, so make sure to follow John and Shadow stats. Thank you very much again, John, I appreciate your time. Dave, thank you very much and thank you for watching. Don't forget to like and subscribe to this channel.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Worst Crash Ever – 04-19-2023

Worst Crash Ever - 04-19-2023

Worst Crash Ever - 04-19-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans.

Wednesday, April 19, after 730. Heading in to do chores for the week and to have a couple of meetings. Unfortunately, also have to go and deal with local government.

Well, state government, same difference. Never a good thing. It's just terrible. The good news. Well, there was a very interesting interview by Greg Hunter with Charles Nenner.

He's a financial guy. I have to apologize for the noise here from the system, from the air conditioning system here because I got to have heat. It was 32 degrees on the beach and we've had like maybe last nine days, we've had freezing weather off and on all day. Hailstorms, snow, sleet, freezing rain and more rain. I mean, in this particular episode, which was like they call it an event on my little weather monitoring thing.

And in this particular event, I think we've had 4.9 inches of water in like the last three days all told. So anyway, it's cold out here and got to love global warming. So there have been number of surveys that come on out and then there's some practical surveys. Okay? So there was a survey that was throughout all of Europe and it was basically asking everybody, are you buying all of the climate crisis stuff?

And some 61% said that there was no basis at all for this was an official MSM kind of survey, quantified the whole data analysis, all of that quasi legit survey, really. And 61% of the European adults, and they're defining adults as they would accept anybody 13 years or older in their survey. And so you're catching these younger generations. But anyway, so 61% said, no, climate crisis is a religion, it's not a reality, and there's no need to go along with all this horseshit. And so that was one level of survey.

And then they had another level of survey, which was within the German Democratic Republic there, where they wanted a referendum to continue in. Basically they wanted the people's blessing to continue in on the WEF climate engineering, climate crisis ship, right? And so they had their referendum. And it failed miserably because the way the German referendums are set up, if you don't vote, it's basically counted as a vote against the referendum.

It's a beautiful way to deal with referendums, right? Because you must have the populace engaged at an active level in order to get the proposal to go forward. If they're lackadaisical about it or you don't have any enthusiasm and stuff, it'll usually fail. This failed by a massive 82%. So 82% of the voters in Germany either didn't vote or they voted against the qualifying referendum for climate crisis.

And so they just don't believe it. Then of course, a few weeks later, the German government shuts down their nuke plants. But that isn't going to hold, guys. They're going to resurrect those nuke plants so fucking quick, it'll be before the end of the year and they'll do it quietly. Because we're going to get into this major energy crisis stuff this fall.

And they'll have to buy energy from Russia, well, I mean, from Finland and all these other places, france and so on. And the Germans are going to pay 40, 50, 60% more per kilowatt hour. And the German government is going to collapse over this issue, basically, just like the South American or South African government is about ready to collapse over the electricity issue. People get really upset when they don't have electricity, and they take it out on government once they're used to it, right? So our situation here in the US.

Is that we're going to go through a lot of these issues starting this year. So you can think of us right now as a collapsing American empire, the same way that the Soviet Empire collapsed under Gorbachev, right? And so as the Soviet Empire collapsed, they couldn't afford shit, their central bank collapsed, their money was worthless, and all of the other countries that were part of the Union broke away. Now, I don't suspect that the Union of the United States is going to break apart. I don't think that's going to happen.

That doesn't seem to be in the nature of what we're going to have to go through. We have a very unique situation, much different from Russia, but has some similarities. And it took Russia 20 years to overcome the collapse of the Soviet Union, get itself back on a sound footing and proceed from there. And they've been hard cases ever since. So Russia right now, it's dangerous to be an open homosexual, right?

I mean to be flaunting. It so they don't tolerate pride and sexuality parades. And they'll beat the crap out of you if you try and do this shit. Because they went through it in the run up to the Soviet Union. And they understand that this is a weapon against culture, to promote deviancy.

And as does the CCP. So maybe it was two years ago, maybe three, somewhere in that period of time that Xi Jinping and the Communist Party of China started putting the clamps down on deviant sexual behavior of all kinds. Now, it doesn't mean that it doesn't exist. It just means that it's out of the public within the CCC system. CCP system.

Right. So, again, Xi Ji Ping said, I don't want weak men, basically, because he knows we're going to war, that we got war here, and you don't fight wars with these kind of people.

They've had the right. Now, the Communists in America used the tranny FA as their brown shirts, as their enforcing arm, and the police will stand aside and let the trannyfaw beat the shit out of you. Right? And so in my way of thinking is we're at that level and that level of the breakdown. This is the most dangerous part of the breakdown, in my opinion, in the general social thing.

And this is an affectation this is an aspect of the breakdown of the dollar and all this stuff relates to the degradation of the currency and it's going to get a lot worse and so on. But I'm really optimistic because we're in this very dangerous period now. But it's going to be relatively brief and the things that are causing it to be dangerous will fade away with the dollar. So right now you cannot defend yourself in some states without the soros backed prosecutors charging you for self defense, charging you for various forms of murder, aggravated assault, and so on, just for defending yourself. They don't want you to think you can defend yourself from the tranny fog.

So when they unleash the tranny fog, they want you to just cower and get yourself beat, right? They want you submissive and they're slaves. And so if you try and defend yourself against tranny fod now, you might get prosecution. It's happening in all these blue states. Well, yeah, that can happen.

And the courts are captured, so they will convict you. Right? So the courts are captured and they have this thing they call jury diversity. So you got to have juries that are not juries of your peers, as is described in our constitutional approach, but rather juries of select racial groups. Okay?

And so this isn't going to work. All this shit, it can't last very long. We're at peak insanity relative to the government and what they're doing. For instance, it's come out now about all of the biden trafficking. Everybody knows they're pedophiles.

The whole family is captured by China. They're all serious sexual deviants, as are the whole of the deep state. That's how they blackmail people, all of this kind of stuff, right. Even the normies are starting to recognize this. So as it progresses, we will see that the Democrats will try and steal another election.

But as I had forecast, we're starting to see a lot of the Democrats peel away from the party, right from the wackiness, the insanity of the Communist Party having taken over the Democrats and so they're now becoming Republicans. This could have put a big hitch in the get along for the takeover of the USA. And so I don't suspect that that will happen. There's a lot of moving parts and it's going to get seriously goofy as we go forward. But like I say, this is the most dangerous period.

It probably will last a little while. Maybe this whole period is going to last twelve months. It's hard to say. It will end with the dollar degrading everything such that the enforcement arm of the Communist falls away. So part of their enforcement arm are the useful idiots that are occupying roles in prosecutorial offices that just do what they're told, or the officers in law enforcement that just do what they're told and don't think about what's actually going on.

And so as these people and all the other people become affected by no dollars, no paycheck, et cetera, et cetera. And believe me, this is going to be the most horrific financial crash you can ever imagine, right? This will be worse than 1929 plus 1933 bond crash put together because it's going to be across all of the western liberal republics that are all based on a petrodollar. And so the petrol dollar is dead and its corpse is falling now and it'll be a while before it goes kawump. And we all recognize this, but it won't be that long.

And so I suspect at that point we've got horrific problems, okay? So like seriously horrific problems relative to the money because we owe so much in the way of debt globally. Now, there's interesting wrinkles to all of this, right? Because we run our Federal Reserve has no assets. Its balance sheet is basically all debt itself.

It has nothing that it owns, but the United States government and the United States people own the gold in Fort Knox and all these other places. We own gold and this kind of thing. And so we can have a recovery that can be relatively straightforward and relatively easy, but we've got to overcome all of the communist insurrectionist guys and all of that sort of thing while we're attempting to rebuild the economy. In this, I suspect we'll do the isolation bit like George Washington, where we just start cutting ties. Now, the good news for me is that as this dangerous period goes away so right now, as an old guy, I have to worry about defending myself against any of these whacked out tranny dudes or the opiated homeless, right?

The opiated homeless mostly are not a problem. They're mostly supplicants, asking for money. They're usually not too aggressive. Now, the trannies, that's a different issue. I've had run ins with these fuckers already because they're just too wired on all this hormonal crap.

Just as an aside on that. So the idea is escalation for defending yourself, right? So if you take a cane and you defend yourself when a tranny gets too aggressive and you whop them quite seriously and cause damage or injury, when they come and try and hassle you, you can stand up and say, take me to court. I don't care what kind of a jury you've got. I'm an old man with a cane, and that six foot two tranny got what he deserved.

And let's see you prosecute me on this. I'm going to raise a holy stink, right? Because you are the victim, then you can claim that victim status, which is what they all run on. If you can take victim status away from any of these people, they got nothing, okay? They think that because they're a victim, they can weaponize the compassion and get the whole thing going their way anyway, though.

So it's escalation. So take a cane. Maybe you've got a concealed weapon of some other form, and so you use the cane and stuff first before you get into any more deadly force in attempting to defend yourself. So, like I say, you escalate up based on the level of threat to minimize the potential for legal repercussions, for doing what nature says, which is to defend oneself. Right.

Anyway, so one of the things you can use is handheld tasers. The, you know, the shoot them out gun kind of tasers are fine, but that presumes someone's 15 or 20ft away from you. A friend of mine got jumped the other day by two people that were aggressive opiate addicts, and he got the shit kicked out of him. Part of the skin on his skull was cut open. Really a bad situation for an old man.

He was saved by employees of the story he was going into that just couldn't stand this going on and came on out and stopped it all, but he would have been able to deal with it. And he had on his person one of these stun gun kind of tasers, but they jumped him from behind a tent that there are a bunch of tents in front of. This story was going into where the homeless were camped out on the sidewalks because there's a large overhang that protects them there, right. Anyway, but he got jumped and so would never have had the opportunity to be able to stand back far enough to use that stun gun as an effective weapon. And so in my way of thinking, one of these handheld stun guns in a holster are in your pocket, and they just cause a great deal of pain.

They may not knock the guy off his feet, but they're going to cause him so much pain that they won't think very aggressive about attacking you. Right. They'll be very much hesitant in the future. I've got one of these stun guns. I think it's called like Viper Tech or something.

It has a rechargeable battery. That's another thing with the stun guns that you shoot, like a pistol or something. It's basically a one shot, and you have to put on a new taser head on it, even if you've got juice in the battery. So you have to sort of like reload so they're a single shot kind of a thing. The little handheld tasers, if it's got a decent enough battery, can strike repeatedly.

So you can zap someone repeatedly. It may not knock them down the way the stun gun does, but it will certainly deter them from coming at you aggressively. And some of these stun guns also like the one I've got, it got sharp points on them and so on. But the one I've got is so powerful that when it was used on a dog, it burned part of the dog's fur. And people that have accidentally touched them when they're charging or putting them in their pocket or whatever on the business end can get their skin burned just on little contact.

So this is a way where you can actually go on in. If you had to defend yourself, you'd say, look, I knew I was facing danger. I'm not an idiot. Legally, I could carry a pistol, but I didn't. I carried a taser because I don't want to kill anybody.

I could have killed this motherfucker six or eight different ways, but I didn't. I just tased his ass. And so he's suing me, and that's fine, let him sue me. And then I'll fight without an attorney, and then I'll countersue him, right? That shuts them right down.

So if you get sued by anything, even a prosecutor, so if you get sued by a prosecutor for self defense, you can in fact sue the prosecutor for malfeasance. And it causes them a fit. Even if you don't win. It causes them a fit because of the procedures that must be done and the shit that is activated by you doing that in the court case. And it throws their court case against you, which is illegal, and they're trying to ram it through past a captured jury to get you convicted in order to support their communist agenda.

Shit here, right, where they have all the populace cowed.

And so that really derails all of their stuff, causes extra work, they get into more problems, et cetera, et cetera, and you can really bog these fuckers down. So I won my motion to dismiss from Corey the Butthead Goods lawsuit against me because I was smart enough to see the loopholes, to see the vulnerabilities in the way the judges and stuff worked. And I did not. I mean, all of the words were that I put into my motion to dismiss, and then my motion for injunctive relief that followed it were all against Corey Goods batshit crazy lawsuit. But the actual so that was the that was the face of it.

But my tactic and my strategy was to maneuver and use procedure against the court itself such that it was not in their interest to keep me in that suit no matter what. And so that's what I did, right? And so I just set it up so that it was not in their interest whatsoever. And they kicked me loose and said, yeah, your motion to dismiss is valid. He has no claims against you.

And so now if Corey Good wants to sue me for his batshit cult crap, he's going to actually have to come to Washington state and spend money to do it, money he does not have, by the way, because he's an idiot anyway, though. So you can defend yourself, you can game the system. It is better to have your plans, in my opinion, in gaming ahead of time, such that you carry your cane and then you've got your taser, and then maybe you've got a knife and then maybe you've got a pistol. So if it really escalates, you can just step it up, but nonetheless, this is the dangerous part of the collapse of the American empire, allah, the collapse of the Soviet empire. And after this dangerous period is gone, there will be a different kind of a dangerous period where there will be lawlessness.

Okay? So right now we don't have lawlessness. We have a tuned legal system that supports the power elite and their agenda against the people, but it is still a form of law that is functioning. So they'll send people out to arrest you, right? Soon we'll get to the point where there won't be anybody to send and there won't be anybody willing to listen to those that would send.

So we'll get to the point where not only will Democrats flee the Democrat Party in much greater numbers, and we're approaching that in just months, but we'll also get to the point a few months after that, where even if you are a prosecutor or maybe even a sheriff or a chief of police and you order somebody to go and arrest somebody else, it doesn't happen because it's too dangerous. You don't have the manpower, they're not being paid or they're just going to tell you, fuck no, I ain't going to go and arrest old Joe out there, he's done nothing. Tell that prosecutor in Olympia to fuck himself. We're just not going to do that. So the counties will rebel, right, because the counties themselves, usually even in spite of the county commissioners being fought by the mother wet and all of that, the people that actually have to do the work are not stupid.

And mostly here in the United States we're armed. And it's going to come to that point where those arms will be a factor in our politics. They're a hidden factor. Now pretty soon they're going to be an out in the open sort of factor, right? And we're going to go back, in my opinion, to a brief period of lawlessness that will resemble the old wild west, people packing guns and this sort of thing.

How long that lasts, I don't know. It's going to depend on how? It's going to depend on a lot of things and no need to go into that at the moment. So we're in this dangerous period. Our empire is collapsing the same way the Soviets did.

We will shed our external states of our external countries, right? So we'll shed any serious connection to Guam, to the Philippines, to Taiwan. We ain't going to be able to do shit for the old American empire, right? Nor will the American people feel that inclined to put their few treasures that are left in pursuit of the mother. Wefer's globalist idea.

So globalism is dying. It's dead. The globalists just don't know it yet. They may know it, but they're not reacting to it. They have yet to accept that the whole thing is dead.

Maybe as Biden leaves and all of this sort of thing as this period of mass chaos starting in May comes in, maybe we'll have a radical change and things will be revolutionary where huge amounts of stuff will happen in a very short period of time and we'll do stuff. We'll end up isolating the US. To rebuild just the way the Soviet Union collapsed. And Russia isolated itself for nearly 20 years and set about rebuilding. And Russia said, no, we're not going to let the fake central banks with their fake money steal our natural resources by giving us their fake money.

And so we demand real goods. The United States is going to go back that way too. So after all this is done, 20 years from now, this is going to be just a kick ass country. And I do not believe we will ever attempt to be number one. I don't think that the American people will ever accept the rejiggering, the recreation of the American empire that the globalists have created over these last hundred years.

We'll see how it goes.

So get your fuel, get your food, get ammo, get precious metals, get cryptos, protect yourself and your assets. Get a community around you so that if some asshole government dictator fellow tries to come and do something, you've got people that will push back for you and settle in for the long haul and start thinking about how we're going to rebuild. There's going to be great opportunities here, I think, in the rebuilding.

As I say, it's going to be really cool. We're going to finally shed, in my opinion, all of the crap that they put us in since the so the United Nations is going to drop off. We won't give a shit about the United Nations because we're not going to pay for it. If we don't pay for it, who will? Is Russia going to pony up money just to keep the UN running?

No. United States, in spite of everything they say, pays for 90% of all of the bills of the UN, both its facilities here in the United States, but it's also the personnel, the salaries, everything. So the UN will fade away very rapidly, and all of its NGOs, all the non governmental agencies that it funnels our money to are going to disappear. So this will be a very great period for us because instantly, as soon as the dollar dies, we don't service those debts anymore that the globalists have obligated us to. So as the dollar dies, we're not going to pay the UN or we'll pay it, and it won't matter because it won't be able to pay its own fucking rent with the dollars that we give it, and there won't be shit it can do.

The International Monetary Fund right now is planning on the okay, so the Democrats, the Biden regime is planning to crash the stock market and the bond market. It's planning to crash both of those the day after the Republicans vote to not raise the debt ceiling and this is going to cause a great deal of consternation. The International Bank of International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund. They cannot believe that this would actually occur. They can't believe that they would allow the crash of the monetary system here because there will be no recovery.

And so the Democrats won't be able to recover the monetary system if they crash it. It's a last gasp of desperation of the Communists, communist Democratic Party of America, and it's their last desperate act as a large governing body. So they'll crash the stock market the day after this vote, all right, as they do. So that's going to have huge repercussions all around our country, of course. But here's the thing.

We have a point of leverage, all right? So this is just an interesting idea. You can follow it up. I think it's worthwhile the idea is that we have leverage here now because they won't admit that they're going to crash the markets, that they're planning on it. But we know they are.

There's all kinds of signs that they're doing this, getting ready for it. We have a few weeks, in my opinion, if we could get so my opinion is that we should bring this out as a weapon, as a tactic, and we should say, we know what you're going to do, and we tell this to them in advance. And then also tell them, we're going to tell you right now what we're going to do if you do that. And what we're going to do is go on a big bender of public outrage and all of this to end the fit. And so you can also, in my opinion, you can get the millennials or all these kids involved with the whole program here by pointing out that if we kill the Fed, if we destroy the Federal Reserve and get rid of it.

So if they crash the markets, there's no longer 401, there's no longer Social Security. So we don't need the Fed. We don't give a shit about the Fed at that point. Their usefulness is gone. They're not maintaining employment now.

They're not doing anything for the country. They're just raping us of all of the money, taking 98% of our purchasing power out of our money in order to give it to foreigners. So we don't need these fuckers. And so we could actually, as a people, we could crush the Fed. It could be crushed by any number of mechanisms.

But I think we could scare the shit out of the Democrats and throw a huge monkey wrench into their operation by letting them know that we know what they're going to do and that our response is going to create something trending that they won't be able to ignore or do anything about. And that would be a giant in the Fed wave through this body politic, through the social order. So if, for instance, we had end the Fed trending on Twitter day after day after day ahead of this vote on the extension of the federal government's ability to get debt. If we did that, that's going to let them know, right? All of those Democrats are going to start shitting their pants because we could tell them, we know you're planning on crashing the markets.

If you crash the markets, this is going to be our response, right? So bring it, dudes. It's up to you. Crash the markets. We know what you're going to do.

And so we'll just take you over. That will just be the end of it, because everybody will buy gold and silver. Everybody will get out of the money. And of course, if we do this, if we have this trending discussion about ending the Fed and the upcoming market crash here in May, ahead of them attempting to do that, we could, number one, dissuade them from doing that, which throws a huge problem into their plans, right? And it doesn't give them that, UMP, that they need.

It will also expose them. And in that process, it would hopefully get so many normies nervous that they would go out and buy gold and silver and crypto and so on, just because they understand what's going on, finally get their act together and get out of the dollar. And so they could participate in de dollarization. So we would have fewer normies to take care of afterwards. The normies would be a little bit more educated.

The evil ones, the Communist Party of America, would be put on notice that we're watching them. Their plans may be derailed because I don't know that they would do it if we're all watching them. They're sneaky bastards, but they're paranoid and scared. And you can see that we could actually actively take part in the war against the Communists. So, anyway, just an idea, guys.

I've got my first stop here. I got to go and do some stuff. So in my opinion, it's really worth the effort, right? It's worth the effort to get on the PC and get on Twitter and True Social and Facebook and all these things and just keep putting out the notice that we know what you're doing, trend this motherfucker right in the Fed.

And now that we're getting into this level of escalation on the other stuff, anyway, I'm here now. I got to do stuff. It's a long day. Fucking government involved. Yeah.

Anyway, talk to you guys.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Clif and Dr. Lee Merritt – 03-30-2023

Clif and Dr. Lee Merritt - 03-30-2023

Clif and Dr. Lee Merritt - 03-30-2023

That that leaves out the component of motivation. Okay. So I want to bring in the always go back to the aspect of that. We are under attack. This is a global war.

The war has been going on for over 1000 years. They're at this particular peak because these bastards at the top are afraid of the space aliens coming back, all this other weird shit. Nonetheless, we are here now.

Touchdown.

All right. How are you been? Pretty good, all things considered. Pretty good. I've been doing two out of three falls with OBS.

Do you ever use that?

It's a stupid thing to try and put a background in and not have you quite so uncamped and all that kind of I got to tell you, honestly, I think I'm going to go with a beanie. I think I'm going to go with that idea because that's really a good idea. The more you do that clean yourself up kind of stuff, you end up looking more like a bot has put a filter on you. Yeah, well, I don't think I ever get that good. But it's just a pain.

Then people expect you. I think if I just kind of looked like a hobo all the time, then I could be okay. Trouble is, when I get out of bed, I look like that guy on Ancient Aliens.

Well, hey, before we talk about whatever we want to talk about, I just want to ask you something. So you're the linguistics person I go to. So what do you think about the word etracide? We have eratogenics essentially means you die or you get sick because of the ministrations of your doctor. But he didn't really try to do it.

It wasn't like a mangala moment. But now we've got a different thing going. We've got this thing going where we're in a medical death cult where they're trying to kill us. And there ought to be some word for that. So I've coined yatracide.

Have you ever heard that word talked about? I haven't heard it used, but that also implies I was thinking about that. And that has the implication that the person that's doing it is aware of their motivation, that they're actually aware that they want to kill you. Right. So a lot of these people I don't know that that's the case.

Well, it's not everybody. No, but there are but at the top of this pyramid, there are doctors that know those are just simply evil bastards. Right. Right. Well, that's another term for, I guess, evil bastard side.

Here's what got me thinking about it. Before World War II, we stabilized wheat with iodine is a good Halide. It makes your brain work better. It makes your thyroid work better. It's good for everything that ails you, basically.

In fact, the old time doctors used to bring around drops of iodine. They didn't know what it did, but they knew it did something good. Well, then we had world War II in the project paperclip. And people don't realize that most of the goal of project paperclip was not the rocket scientists. The number one goal was chemists, and specifically vaccine chemists.

But anyway, they brought these guys over, they filled up our pharmaceutical industry, but they also went to the food industry and the chemical industry in all sorts of forms and in all fairness. And then after World War II, we stabilized wheat with bromine. At the same time we were realizing the toxicity of these bromo seltzers and bromide concoctions that the medical doctors had been using. So they took them off the market. But they continued to stabilize wheat with bromine.

It's even worse now because after the stabilization of the wheat, they now add bromine to the bread making process. Right? So everything's brominated. And again, you've got an entire industry. This is why I say it is a purposeful side by chemical industry side or whatever these people because you can't tell me that craft food that all these people don't know this.

They hire a lot of big brain talent. It's like in this whole COVID thing. Where are the university boys? You can't tell me they're all brain dead, okay? That they just forgot how to read literature.

They forgot how to do all these things right. We cannot put this down to incompetency. Right? So anyway, I just wanted to run that by you before. I think that's accurate, but I actually think of it that that leaves out the component of motivation, okay?

Right. So I want to bring in the always go back to the aspect of that we are under attack. This is a global war. The war has been going on for over 1000 years. They're at this particular peak because these bastards at the top are afraid of the space aliens coming back, all this other weird shit.

But nonetheless, we are here now and it's getting difficult for the normies to deny the war aspect of it. And this is bringing up some serious issues for the people that are promulgating the war, right? Because they need through psychological warfare to keep you in a state of disbelief and suspension of reality as long as possible. And they fear that shock going through the normies that they're being attacked. So they feared the Pearl Harbor moment, okay?

That was an engineered attack, as was 911. Both of those were intended to create this emotional shockwave that would go through the society. Now we're under a different kind of attack where they're desperately afraid that that shockwave should occur. I mean, the powers that be, the bad guys that are attacking us, the deep state, they don't want the normies to understand that they're being attacked. They want them to think all these train derailments are organic or by accident or natural, right?

All of this sort of thing always scary. Barges always turn over and contain all this methanol and stuff, right? So as long as they can perpetuate that they feel a little bit more comfortable. Although, in my opinion, the deep states feeling very untethered at the moment, very uncertain of their footing and how things are proceeding. It seems like they're desperate and kind of flailing out like the caged animal.

Yeah. I have to say one of the funniest things, it wouldn't be funny. It would be funny if it weren't so deadly. The funniest thing in this whole thing, they had that movie about White Noise, right, about the predictive aspect of this rollover in Ohio. And when that first thing happened, everybody started talking about dioxins.

And I've taken some heat for this, but I'm standing by my ground here because knowing something about chemistry, I looked at what was on the manifest and I said, wait a minute. Besides the fact that you had this movie that told what they were going to do, and this train happens to just crash and roll over exactly where they said it was going to do it, essentially. And it had all this now without justification, in my opinion. From a chemical standpoint, they're talking about dioxide because it has that imprimatur of Vietnam and Agent Orange and long term toxicity in the environment. And it turns out that what they're claiming it's going to happen from is because of all this vinyl chloride.

And as somebody that understands a little bit of chemistry, it doesn't happen from vinyl chloride. Vinyl chloride is like burning leaves with gasoline and nobody objects. Poof, it's gone. They burned it. So they didn't have this thing explode at random at the worst possible time in those cars.

Okay, I get that. But the second thing is the dioxin would be like if you burn tires in your front yard, people would get pissed off about that. It's bets of bets, as the Japanese say. It's a totally different thing. And I don't know why they're doing that.

But the funniest thing is that's part of the whole op, though. That's exactly it is. Okay. But I'm just surprised set it on fire. People that should know what's going on, they're buying into this dioxin thing.

It's a land grab. And I tell people, don't set your hair on fire. This is not what they're telling you. But my favorite thing is, I don't know if you saw that movie, but I decided to watch that movie White Noise after hearing that. It was all predicted.

Well, here's the so then a week or two later, after the movie, I said, I know these guys love symbols, they love optics. What is it that I remember from that movie? There were two things. One is this huge black cloud that just lingered forever, just like the one that we kept seeing the same photograph of, like the burning helicopter case on. It was like the same thing over nightly news.

Every same helicopter burning, we get the same black cloud. Okay, so I saw that. But here's the funny thing. This is about a college professor. You can't make this up.

And this guy is giving a walk on lecture. And what's his specialty? He's a Hitler specialty, so periodically he has to mention Hitler. I know. Talk about psyop.

This is like Psyop 101. So they keep mentioning Hitler and then what? Have you ever seen a college professor in America wearing a black robe like an Oxford don? Zero. Right?

But he wears this black robe. You'd love this. And then he walks around the classroom talking about Hitler with this black robe on, and it makes him and he brings and at the end, he leans forward with his arms up. He goes death. Death.

Grim reaper pro stuff. Right? Well, okay. So they ignited it just because they needed the optics. I think it could be for that.

Now it all so there's the thing. There's never one reason, right. It's a multitude of things. Yeah. Right.

So from that, the fact that they were going to have to ignite it, they thought, AHA, and then here goes all of the PR stuff. Right. And so they started engineering it that way. Yes. It's a land grab.

They want to try and move everybody into the cities. I've seen some of the reports of the samples and the distribution of the dioxin in the depth of the soil makes no sense in the way they're reporting it. Okay. Because it didn't come from the train. Exactly.

It's like, wait a second, if this stuff was actually put into this okay, so here's the thing. The distribution patterns I've seen from the samples indicate that there's more dioxin deeper than on the surface, and that should not be the case even with Rains trying to force it down. The way that dioxin does is it spreads out laterally. That's why it's so nasty. Right.

It doesn't penetrate deep where it's self contained. So the distribution patterns look as though it was injected in there. Yeah, some kind of leave. That a syringe effect. Right.

And that's what I was saying to people. What would it take? I keep waiting. I said, Well, I'm going to wait for testing. But honestly, I told people I'm not even going to believe the testing because who's doing the testing, right?

Just like the PCR test up your snap, right? Exactly. So what I've done is to advise people to do the Iodine thing, right? Lugal's 2% up to or 5% up to six drops a day. And then you're preventing your body from uptaking, one allied with another.

So even if there is dioxin, you're going to greatly reduce the whole probability that you'll get any. But we don't see any of the effects of that. And the other thing they had, by the way, in the train, they had ethylene glycol, and they had another what was the other one? There was another hydrocarbon that was not visible in water. And the ethylene glycol was like I tell people, if you've ever been in really cold climate, they still use that for deicing planes.

So it goes on the wings, it goes on the ground, but the other one was antifreeze. Yeah, and it goes onto the grassy knoll after it goes on the plane. I mean, trust me on this. The other one, though, was this hydrocarbon, I can't remember the name of it now, like something acrylate, I think, but anyway, it does make that kind of slicky rainbow color on the water, but it evaporates, okay? If it's in the sun, it'll get broken down, and if you let it just go off to the side of the ground and God's world is wonderful, it just kind of degenerates.

It degrades in the soil. But if these people are going around and they're kicking it up with their boot in the streams and then saying, see, no, don't kick it up with your boot, let it go down and it'll be gone in a few weeks, it's not long term. The reason they like dioxin is they claim it's longer term and it's more of an even that in the presence of UV, right? It has breaks down, too. Weeks right.

So that stuff also deep in the soil. It might have been from years ago when everybody was bleaching their cloth diapers. People don't realize if you use clorox, you're producing dioxin. If you burn your garbage, you're producing dioxins because it's more apt to come from PVC, not vinyl chloride. Chloride, right.

It doesn't have that much chloride. It has the term chloride, and so everybody gets all excited. It's a Psyop, too. It's a chemistry based psyop. It's a new well, there's the thing, okay, so they've kept people ignorant, they infiltrated the school systems and worm all down.

They don't teach basic chemistry, critical thinking, any of these kind of things anymore. Our school system is sort of upended, and as a result, the people don't have critical thinking, so they can be sold this and they can be controlled. I keep coming back to the idea of the Khazarian mafia wrapped up inside the Jewish population, and from them comes the idea of dominance over all humanity, because the Kazareans believed they were given a special little tag on their DNA that makes them superior. And from that, they were told by the space aliens that supposedly made them into GMOs that you guys are our intermediaries and you're going to control the planet here while we take off and do other stuff, and you've got to manage all this for when we come back. And that's the basis for Zionism, is these Caesareans that have taken that idea and have pushed all this stuff out into the general population for their own purpose.

And they're so small in number that they know they can't control the growing humanity. And it's their goal to whittle us down to a manageable, manageable herd. Right? And isn't it interesting that in this war, which we are in a war, a multidimensional kind of stealth, weird, psyop part war is that this is the one war you can't name the enemy. If you name the enemy, suddenly you're a bad person.

You're an anti Semite or something. We can't name the enemy or whatever. Right. And they have these images of the woman with the two pistols and the transphobe thing. Oh, you can't be a transphobe.

Right. So I instantly come back to it. I'm not afraid of trans people at all. I don't think they should exist. I don't think that they're real transgender, stupid idea.

And all these people are true victims, and they're victims of their parents and the social order that put Munchausens by proxy in their head and scrambled them all up. But it all goes back to this guy who was his name is Lynn Biao, and he was Chairman Mao Seitung's right hand man. He came oh, I remember him. Yeah. He came into the Chinese party in 1925, and he hooked up with Mao shortly thereafter.

This guy was in China. Well, he learned psychological warfare in the Korean War against American troops. And then after the Korean War in 1954, with Mao paying for it, he set out and built a propaganda organization that was more than a propaganda organization, because that organization had psychiatrists, sociologists, and linguists that were analyzing everything. And creating a broadcastable exportable form of Munchausen's by proxy that he understood, that Lynn Biow understood was the basis for all psychological warfare that could ever be constructed against anybody. And they analyzed, they systematized it.

They changed language. They got into it seriously. And we are now suffering Lynn's curse, okay? Lynn's curse includes trans. He did this in the Cultural Revolution in 1965.

So Lynn was a true believer, in my opinion. Right. I don't buy the tarnishing of his reputation on his death in 1971. Who are you speaking of now? Lynn.

Lynn. Oh, he was a true believer. Yeah, he was a true believer. He was mao's, man. I mean, that was just the case.

Right. And so Lynn had an issue in 1965. Well, 64, he and Mao first started discussing Mao's waning power, okay. Within the CCP and within China. And there was a faction that wanted to reintegrate with the United States and the west in 1966 was what their target aiming date was.

In 1965, Lynn created the Chinese trans movement, and the sexual revolution that swept through the Chinese youth in their social order starting in 1965 coincident with the same year it happening here. Right. I did not realize the trans movement went back that far. 65 in 1965. He created it in China.

Wow. He's this interesting fellow. Fascinating. His mental acuity was really sharp relative to persuasion and the alteration of mental states. Okay.

This guy was a master at psychological warfare, in spite of the fact that the CCP denigrated him from his end of his life onward and denies he really did anything at all. So in 1966, Mao had launched the cultural revolution with Lynn as his propaganda guy. Lynn came up with Mao's little red book. He came up with everybody memorized tests on it. He came up with simplified Chinese.

He went through and he redefined all the words in Chinese and collected them into these two clumps north Chinese and southern Chinese. Slight inflection difference, but he changed the definitions and upended the society by upending the language. And then he released the sexual revolution, which changed all the mores of the Chinese people. And then Mao and Lin released the four olds. So if you have weaponized munchausen by proxy, you need an enemy.

So in a prison camp, it's real easy. The guards pick someone, and they are a favorite to that guy. And then the other prisoners, that's their enemy because he's working with the guards, whether he is or not. Right. So there's all these psychological tactics that go along with this.

And so they made the four olds the enemy and then had the Chinese people, the young people, whipped up with all of the sexual frenzy and all of the stuff that they'd initiated and attached it to Mao and brought Mao back to power and extended his reign another ten years, from 1966 to 1976. And it was all Lynn Yao's doing. But when he died in 71, the CC didn't they take him out at the end? Yes. Airplane crashed, and then they okay, yeah, that's what I thought that there was very suspicious, very mysterious.

Yeah. First they blamed it on the US. And then they said he was trying to lead a coup and all this other stuff, but they're tarnishing his reputation as they do those people. But see, they do that if they want to bury you intellectually and deprive the world, so to speak, of what you've been doing. Right.

Lynn was just hugely powerful in the redefinition of the Chinese social order, and yet if you look anywhere, you don't find this there. So Lin's activities with the destruction of the four Olds took out 90% or so of the private libraries that existed in China at the time, okay? Destroyed them, burned the books, the whole thing, took out all the colleges, college professors were made to be coal miners. They destroyed everything in the social order that they could create the cultural revolution and begin again. In that process, they made men into women.

And Lin Biao had okay, so they were called the army of hairy crabs. In Chinese. That's what it translates to. That's like grass, mud, horse. Okay, exactly.

But these were the army of individuals, okay? So Lin Diao was not only the propaganda minister, he was the chief of internal security, all right? And so he had the situation of everybody spying on everybody else inside China, and he developed all of these conduits, these mechanisms for individuals to report on their neighbors that would then feed up chain to the top guys, which we see coming here. You could rat on the people that are antivaxxers, essentially. Yeah.

Okay. And so Lin Biow developed this whole mechanism. It's all a complete package. You have to have the whole package work. In order for all of it to work, it needs to have every bit of it to work.

But anyway, so he developed all of that. He was a propaganda minister. He brought out all the redefinitions in the language, and he created these group of people through the manipulation of language and through their schooling that thought they were transgenders. And they were called the army of the hairy crabs. Now, he used them as spies and homosexual prostitutes.

Right. This was pre surgery. There was not a lot of that. And they introduced sexual liberation to the point where they could put women into positions of power and put them into the military. But they had very little success in making women into men in their process.

They tried that in, like, end of 66 through in the middle of 67, then abandoned it and concentrated. Lynn thereafter concentrated on the homosexual population within China and converting them over to transgenders. He did this through propaganda, through all kinds of mind control, through the deprivation. You're talking about making men into women. Correct.

They couldn't do it the other way around very well. They did it to men into women for the most part, yeah. Which is what we're seeing here, I think. Right. And he did it through the school system because the parents were encouraged to surrender their children to the state.

Right. You're worshipping the state thing. Anyway, he eventually turned them into assassins. Now, what's really interesting to me and how I came into this whole understanding was that in 1967, I think it was, my father was in the war college for the US. Army in some of his homework.

I was bored. There's just nothing to do as a kid on these military bases and stuff. So I read a lot of the material he had, and they had briefings about these Chinese assassins, about the legions of hairy crabs that were actually being used as assassins political within country. So it wasn't like they were unleashing these people around the world. It was more like within country.

Right. To control the population in the country. In that briefing that they had, that my father had was this very astute fellow that had gone through and translated a bunch of the Chinese literature about the process itself. And there's all this history about how he got the literature, none of which is pertinent at the moment. But anyway, he's translating it, and he translated some key phrases from a colonel that had had experience with Lynn Biao's army.

And he said that these individuals were easy to manipulate into killing, and they would kill each other so there was no espritocorps, there was no company bonding. There was no any of that kind of stuff. Right. And so it was easy to make them kill each other in training even. But you had a free form ethic correct.

Kind of outside the network, outside the fabric of our normal thinking, ethically. And you hit right on it, okay. Because what he said was they had all been infected with the Chinese called this the ghost disease or Lynn's ghost disease or the invisible illness. Okay? But they said when you confronted the Ghost disease within the individual, you, the person doing the confronting, had better be wary that these people instantly reacted with violence because their minds had been so fractured and shattered.

There was no place for that mind to retreat. Therefore, it had to act out. So you see this now note that most of the people in Attafa are trans, okay? Yeah. And you see this even with them extending that trans ideology to the idea of fascism.

If they're accusing you of being a fascist and you somehow remove in that interaction that idea from them, they're truly lost, because they define themselves in their interaction as an antifascist, just as the trans people identify themselves in. Their interaction with the rest of the world as the victim of the rest of the world ganging up on them for this reason that's in their head, not in ours. So this sounds like a version of MKUltra mind control. But unlike MKUltra, where they give you a place to retreat to, they give you an altar that allows you to function in society until they activate you. This doesn't have that.

Is that kind of what we're getting at here? Correct. And the reason that this doesn't have that and the reason that this is not like MKUltra is because Lynn Biao's big insight was the introduction of hormone therapy. Okay? So there was no hormone therapy at all prior to in China prior to 1965.

And then all of a sudden China is getting into the hormone production business like you would not believe. Synthetic hormones of all different kinds. That's why they discovered that trying to turn women into men did not work because synthetic testosterone is not like the real thing. And the way that they had done it, as I've been told from a chemist, left a I can't remember the wording he used to explain it, but basically it left a long chain molecule form of the hormone as a residual. That was very difficult for the female body to integrate, to actually uptake.

Right. But it couldn't get rid of it either. And it caused real severe mental problems really quick. I think that any synthetic testosterone, because of the nature that it's an oil, basically, and I won't go into the details of that part of the biochemistry, but women don't do well with synthetic oil injections. Men don't really either.

Well, and they don't do interesting in the whole history. And I've just been part of the antiaging medicine community, and I got to tell you, that's been a big argument, big fight. They kept trying to prove that all biologic hormones were bad for women, but it turned out it was just the synthetics, the Women's Health Initiative, it was all about one synthetic progestin, not a progesterone, but a progestin that gave all the cancer. And it wasn't all that bad compared to radiation and other things, but they've been pushing these things for a long time. So that did come here.

Death by chemists. Yeah. Well, it's a war on all of us, right. Continuously. And it's because these Kazareans are driven to think they need to control.

That's really the impetus for everything that we're all suffering now. And I'm not of the opinion that any of us would give a rats ask about the Caesareans if they stop being the buttheads that they are. Right, sure. Again, yeah. It's not about what's in your blood, it's about what's in your behavior.

Correct.

But they don't seem to be able to exit from that. That's really interesting. And so here's the thing, okay? So if we read into literature that goes from Sanskrit up to the Jain, which is a small sub religion in India, in northern India primarily, and we go from there and we read other literature in Russian and then come back down and we read literature in Hebrew, we get this impression of this group called the l that are the actual gods referenced in the Bible. And they're just space aliens.

But these people were intent on mental manipulation of their human captives. So in the actual translation of the Torah, which is the Old Testament, okay, so it's bound into the New Testament, and it forms the major corpus of the Bible. If we actually translate that and do it word for word from the Hebrew, we get an entirely different picture than what is presented in the Christian Bibles. In that we don't get ten commandments, we get 613. Okay?

These 613 commandments can be divided into about, let's just say somewhere less than a third. Go to the idea of how to prepare burnt offerings, okay? The burnt offerings are the burning of the fats of the abdomen from children, or if you don't have a child handy, you can use a lamb. But it doesn't really work that well in order to produce adrenochrome. And that the burnt offerings when it was it all seems to go back to this adrenochrome.

Right. But here's the point of this. These people, the other parts of these 613 commandments were all commandments that were about, if you look at them, were all commandments about mind control, okay? They were commandments that thou shalt not have meat that has blood in it, so you can't get any external hormones. So you've got to salt all your meat.

Everything is all about how the diet must. Be prepared for the slaves of the L. Okay. The people that are adjudicated by the judges, that the term for the judges is rabbi. And so all of this structure is all about mind control.

The rituals, everything is about causing specific elements of the mind to be activated and to be maintained. And why? Well, it's to be maintained in order to protect the Khazarians. Right. So that you don't see that they're in your midst, et cetera, et cetera.

Mind control and psychological warfare is deeply, deeply inculcated into specific religions around the planet. We find similar things in this. I mean, the same kind of rituals, same kind of diet restrictions, salt additions and all these sorts of things in the Mesoamericans that were given to them by their gods. Okay. We just don't have Hebrew written down to easily be able to extract that the way we can out of the translated version of the Torah.

And so we find that there was this time that there were space aliens that were trying to control man's mind through diet, through a heavy salt diet. No hormones of any form. So even with fish, if it had anything like a tuna, if it had a specific kind of blood in it, you had to do things to get rid of that blood. This is the Vegan push. No meat of all sorts at that time.

Did they allow any meat? Sure. This is a Jewish meat, but not the blood. Correct. Yeah.

And organ meats and stuff had to be treated a specific way and so on. Right. And then we find the opposite in. If you go to the Codex Oralinda, which is the history of maybe 1001, 200 year history of white people in Europe, and you look at the admonitions of Woton and the pantheon of gods, that the Teutonics. Listen to it said, eat the liver, eat the organ meats, pump yourself up, ribeyes for breakfast, that kind of thing.

So it was the exact opposite of this. And we see that also with the Ruse people, with the Turks. Okay. So with people around this group that had been captured by the L, it's it's really complex. We don't have anything close to a real understanding, but you can get some interesting views.

Doing a lot of research into the linguistics, into the origin story, the self carried origin story of the linguistic of languages.

Let me ask you about bugs. Okay. So how does that fit in? Because I looked at to me, what I was startled by is that when you eat this bug flower, you're eating chitin. And chitin is a photonic crystal.

It changes wavelength. That's why butterflies look so pretty. That's why all the different scarab beetles look different. They're like iridescent when you move them around. So they want us to eat these photonic crystals.

Is that part of the all right, so there's never a single reason. Right, right. Okay. I think they're of the opinion that the intake of specific crystal and substances can affect the microcrystals in our brains. Yeah, I do, too.

And it is possible to affect the microcrystals in the brains by a number of different ways. As we see again going back to the diet restrictions that are in the actual Torah, these 613, 400 and some odd of them, going to the idea that your diet is restricted to these things in this particular way under basically penalty of excommunication or death or whatever from the tribe because you violated the commandments of their gods. Right. And so this is the same kind of thing they're attempting to put through. There's another reason for eating these, though, eating the bug material, and that is the parasites.

There's all kinds of mind warping parasites that come in in the form of eggs and they cannot heat the bugs up to a high enough level to kill the parasitical eggs without destroying it as an edible product. But the whole point is, in my opinion, is to give you the parasites. If we go back and look at the stuff that Lynn Biao got into in the 50s, in the Korean War, they deliberately injected parasites into the diets and the actual bodies of the American prisoners in their experiments, in their mind control experiments. Do you know what kind of parasite eggs? No, I'm sorry, I never paid attention to it.

Maybe we said this before, but I think that that goes along with the creepy kind of idea of karmic retribution that if they don't kill you directly, they don't get the karmic retribution. I didn't kill you with all this stuff. It was the parasites that killed you. Yeah. Do you think parasites are actually natural on this world or do you think they've been introduced in the last some number of years?

No, parasites. We see indication of parasitic activity in the bones of the people in Egypt, in the graveyards. Okay, so they're at least that old. Yeah. Right.

But we're talking about bones that are pre Ice Age. So they found some graveyards that had thousands, tens of thousands of people. Most of them died in their mid 20s. Their bones themselves had been parasitized. I can't think of the name of the parasite.

It makes the bone brittle. Bad diet. Their teeth were all eroded and all kinds of other problems. So they had a very bad diet and they ingested parasites. It was primarily a vegan diet though, right?

That's what I was going to say. This is what they used to say about the mammaluks versus Chromagnon Man. Chromagnon man ate meat with its fat and really no carbs, rare fruit, greeny things. And he had good bones, good teeth and was over 7ft tall. Whereas the mammaluks had the fruit, vegetables, wheat, all the stuff the vegans want us to eat.

And they were scrawny people with bad bones and bad teeth and short lives. And short lives, yeah. The reason I know this about the cemeteries is there was this big push to investigate cemeteries to prove that the Jewish version of the tale was accurate. And they would find Jewish dead people all over Egypt that had worked on building the pyramids. Of course, the pyramids predate all of the Egyptian society, all of that.

They predate the Ice age. No, that could not happen. And no, they did not find any Jewish people in any of these Egyptian cemeteries that they went to. They found Aramites and they found other Judeans, but none that had any DNA related to modern day Jews. Right.

Nor were the Phenotypes and Genotypes anywhere close to what we're dealing with now. And so that whole study was dropped. But they did, I want to say over 30 cemeteries and graveyards, most of them in Egypt, but all the way up through Judea and into over towards Iraq. Okay. And they did it with permission.

This was over. The course of the results came out in the then it was all basically hushed up. There were a lot of these attempts in the early two thousand s to reestablish authenticity to the Jewish Tale and claim for Palestinian lands. I don't believe that. Right.

But when you're talking when we're talking about the Khazarians and all the DNA studies and stuff they've done about that, and then you were just mentioning about but surrounding them, there were these other dietary thing bubble. Well, the other thing I just read almost exactly those words. It had to do with the Druze. How do the druze fit? Because the Druze apparently are similar.

They've got some of the DNA that the Khazarians have, but they're different and they keep separate. It's almost like they're the surrounding people around that Khazarian enclave. Okay, you're talking about the Middle Eastern druze. Right? Well, yeah, but they've traveled all over.

Okay. All right. I have a theory. I work with this group of old men and we've been looking at language and origin stories. And my particular theory is that for whatever reason, the L were at war with the Davas in India, okay?

And that the L at that point had their base in Ukraine and they were the ones that engineered the Khazarians. Okay? And there was a battle in which the L were defeated. They were not very numerous, but half of them were killed. If you read this Russian literature of this observer that looked at it, that watched the battle, half of them were killed very quickly in the battle with the Davas.

And then that was basically it. But the L had to retreat. That's when they went down to the boot, the heel of the boot of Saudi Arabia, and they took over the twelve tribes that we would call the Essenes. These are the people from that Moses. And all of these people, these are the tribes of Abraham.

Okay? They were not Jewish. They were Judeans. And they came out of Yemen, the l came down and conquered them in, like, 20 minutes and then forced them over a number of months in this march up the Red Sea to Judea, where they established the Abrahamic Kingdom in what we would now call Israel and Palestine. Right.

But still no Jews. None of these people were Jews. They have no genetic connection to the Jewish people at all. Christ, none of these people are in that lineage. These are all people from the House of Shem.

So if you're an anti Semite, you might say evil things about Christ because he's descended in that long line from the House of Shem, but no Jewish person is, okay? Jews are descended from the Mongolian people, from Tamajan, from Genghis Khan when he came all the way through seeking the space aliens, fighting the space aliens that eventually took over the Khazarians. It's long and it's complicated in there. Anyway, so when they move those people up to Judea, they establish what's known as a Gonz. Okay?

G-A-N-S in Hebrew. It's all always in CAPS. G-A-N-S is what we would translate. That word is translated as garden in the Bible. Okay?

So they established the garden, or the gods of Eden in Judea. This is a magnetic bubble, all right? So it's our supposition that the L, along with the Dava people, the beings themselves, were very radiation sensitive, and so they put out these large force fields, these electromagnetic shields around their area in order to keep the radiation out, to minimize it to the point where it reflected wherever the hell they came from. In that process, these Gons created an environment in which they did all of their genetic engineering. Thus the Druze coming from the south, going north, their main bulk is down in the south in the Middle East, not up in Khazaria, the way that the Khazari main bulk is.

Right? So Khazaria, we find that they were up there. The Khazarians were up there. They were nowhere else in the Middle East. We find the Druze in this sort of teardrop shape that goes down towards Lebanon, and then we find the Judeans, who the Jews attach their lineage to in the Torah and the Bible.

We find the Judeans in Palestine. So the Druze were also genetically engineered within the Gons. We can think of these Gons as being huge natural preserves with this radiation shield around them. The radiation shield was so high that they could fly plasma jets up to it and then open it and then go through. And so they might have to fly two or 3 miles up.

It was that big. These guns were what allowed Moses and all these people to live these extraordinarily long times, the 900 years. The Lazarus long effect comes from the electromagnetic frequency control within these particular areas. Wow. And so this is a combination of reading Sanskrit, Maro, piglino's, the naked Bible, he goes into a lot of this stuff.

He also has a YouTube channel about this material and so that's our understanding of it. Now, speaking of radiation, now where do you think, do you have any feel about where we get the deuterium in the water? Why do we have deuterium in our water? Okay.

From the Woo perspective, right? Yeah. Okay. I'm ready for the overwo, by the way. I'm kind of done with the Woo.

All right, so here's the deal. This expeditionary force of the people that we would call the Dava came to Earth and they were either being pursued so what we're doing here is all us old men, we're not putting our impressions on it. We're saying either or whenever there was a possibility of a branching chain that could account for the motivations of what we think we see in the literature. Right? So we think that there was this expeditionary force.

We see some evidence that it was a quarter of a million individuals very heavily armed in a mothership, you might say, that stayed up off planet for a while, but that they came down and they conquered India, China, and then eventually spread out through Panurasia and went over to mesoamerica and so on. Now, when they first got here, they were either fighting among themselves or they were being pursued by some other group that engaged a war with them right after they came here. Okay. And it was at that point that the damage to the planet was done. It was at that point that we get the damage in the western part that creates the Sahara.

It was at that point that we get the damage that totally denuded Mongolia. Right. And that's where we get all of the radionucleides that show up where they should not. Right, okay. Not only, not only in things like water distributed in ways that it should not physically have ever occurred, but also in land masses where it just shouldn't be there.

Now we're moving into the here we are now with what's going on. Now who's, who in this whole thing other than the Khazarians, is there any other the reason I brought up the Druze is there's this whole story about the Kaluni and the Druze and Abraham Lincoln and Trump and all this and the Kennedys, that we're not in a war between nation states, clearly. And it's not just a unified deep state. It's like there's two silent groups in the background here fighting each other for control of this planet. And it seems like there are some at least bad guys and less bad guys.

I mean, that does seem to be true. I don't know that who knows how good they are? But where does all this okay, so even the good guys have to do terrible things in war. Yeah, I agree with that. That's where I am.

I think there are good guys here. Yeah. Okay, so you're quite correct that it's not nation state war that there are competing factions. I actually put down three, two major ones and a minor one that is sort of sitting on the side at the moment. I hope you're going to tell us the third faction.

I got two. Who's the third? Okay. All right. So the way that it lays out here is there's the Khazari and Mafia, the Km, and they own the deep state, okay?

On the other side is what we can call what I call the self organizing collective, all right? Kind of like the alliance of generals. More than that. Okay. No different than that.

Okay. Because the original alliance, maybe there was a military guy in there, but mostly not. It was political. Okay, but here's where it gets really muddy, all right? So the self organizing collective forms on November 23, 1963, the day after they kill Kennedy, the day after the deep state, Kennedy out, okay?

They start doing things. And their first activity that I can see comes in 1964 when they allow Americans to start owning precious metals again, okay? And then it progresses from there with everything that we've lived through in this long battle. But the long battle began in 1280 Ad. When the Russians went along with the Turks and the collected Teutonic tribes and they surrounded all of the Khazarian empire.

They did this little deal and threatened the Khazarian king and made him come on out and talk to him. And they did not go to war. They had been at war, and then they just stopped. This is King Boulon. The old days.

Yeah, got it. Okay. Since then, the Khazarians went underground, right? The Khazarian mafia sort of disappeared and subsumed itself from 1050 on. Correct.

And they disappear over time, but we're still dealing with them in the form of the Khazarian mafia ruling the deep state now, and the most recent face of the Khazarian mafia has been the WEF, the World Economic Forum, all of those guys, okay? Now, the self organizing collective, though, is not birthed in 1963, because the self organizing collective is inherits, if you will, individuals that have a long standing tradition that they've carried down generation after generation after generation. So Friday the 13th, way the fuck back in the Middle Ages, the Khazarian Mafia, in the form of the Jews that had infiltrated the Catholic Church, take over the Catholic Church and the Pope. And they convinced the Pope and the King of France to go and kill all the Cathars to have a great crusade against the Cathars. The Cathars were not Christians.

All right. The Cathars are an ecstatic spiritual tradition, but they're not Christians. They acknowledge Jesus and a lot of the stuff in the Bible, but they're simply not Christians in that sense. And the Catholics decided they had to get rid of them. And so they started slaughtering people in Germany.

They slaughtered people in France. But you have to understand, they'd been doing it for hundreds of years prior to the actual Crusade. So there was the Inquisition, the German Inquisition, where all of southern Germany had all the women and female children killed except for those that were taken to serve the Khazarians as slaves. Right. And so whole areas of southern Germany lost all the women and children.

This was the witches persecution happened in France and in Spain as well. This was all at the behest of the Khazarians through the Catholic Church. This same movement caused them to go after the Cathars. The Cathars were quite numerous. The Cathars were in southern England at that point.

They were in Holland. They were very extensively through southern Germany. In France. That was their main body in France. And they killed them on Friday the 13th when they put to death all of the Knights of the Temple, right, the Templar, and they tried to get the Templar treasures and all of this, right?

This is DeMolet. Burned them alive. Right. So that's what you were supposed to do to the Cathars. There's a whole thing about being burned alive and what it does to your soul, all right?

And how long more you stay in your deep sleep after death from being burned alive? Because it's so traumatic anyway, though. So they do that now. People were scattered. So the Cathars were scattered, okay.

They were not destroyed. Self organizing collective.

So it goes all the way back to the Templars. And the history of it is really interesting because the Khazarians keep trying to subsume that history. I'll give you a little brief bit of that's. What's confusing is that you can't tell now from my perspective is looking back on it, who's who. Because the bad guys seem to be in this, you know what I'm saying, about the they will always okay, so they're psychological DeMolet in the Masonic lodges, okay?

So the Cathars have all these sayings that promulgate from generation to generation. And one of them basically is that if there's a building, there's an organization. All right? If there's an organization, man is not free. Yes.

Okay, so secret societies, that's a building. Yeah. Right. All right. So no man in a secret society is free.

And so Cathars don't do that. All right? So here's the thing. My mom's people were in ruin in France.

Sorry. That's okay. They were slaughtered in that Crusade. They made their way down through Spain, through southern France, a lot of Cathars in southern France, and they made their way to Portugal. And from Portugal they were driven out in the Crusade.

Kept going after them. Kept going after them. And they were moved to the Azores. From the Azores, they took to the boats and they sailed to the New World and they became the Pirates of the Caribbean. And so we see the Khazarians in the form of Disney attempting to co op the Catharian ethos.

That was the Pirates of the caribbean.

Yeah, that makes so much sense now, and especially that saying, because I've been saying that free people don't need hierarchy, that anytime you see a hierarchy at the top of it, there will be ultimate evil. Right? And I just kind of woke up with that one day. I said, that is the problem here. We think it's normal.

No, it's not normal. No, it's the mind virus that's been put on us. The Catharian tradition has no pope, it has no priest. It has people that are Bogomils. Okay?

A funny word. And it means created by God, okay. The god men, the bogamill. Right. These people naturally arise.

And so you can't train for it. You are born to it within the Cathari tradition. Now, the Russian Orthodox, or I should say Eastern Orthodox Church, they're clearly not I mean, there's something, though, the Khazari and Mafia doesn't like about them, because they just drove 220 of the Brethren, the priests, out of their churches in Ukraine, and I'm sure they're murdering some, at least they're arresting some. How does that play in? I mean, they split off from the Catholic Church, right?

And that's because the Catholic Church had been subsumed by the Khazarians. Right. So that was what it was about. Through infiltration, which is recognizable if you see it. Right.

If you're aware, to have the eyes to see it. But interesting, do you know what they say in the history? And you probably do, but I'm just going to add a little orthopedic twist. Here's what they say, because I read this in Russian years ago when I was studying Russia about the history of the schism between the Eastern and Western churches, and it was over whether you bless people with two fingers or three fingers. That's what they claim the schism was about in the old Russian literature, translated from the old slavonic.

Anyway, but in Orthopedics, the joke is and it's not a joke, we believe this, that it's because all those old popes had dupatrons and their fingers came down seriously. So some of them could only straighten these fingers and others could only straighten that finger. And so it's whether you blessed with whether you had early dupatrons or later dupatrons, depending on how you bless people. All right, so that's a funny thing. But there's another interpretation of that, right?

Okay. Bahepmet is three fingers. The what? Net bahopmet. Oh, my gosh.

The god of the abdomen open. I thought that was one finger up and two fingers down. No. Okay. It was actually three fingers with the one finger and the thumb crossed.

Yeah, I have seen that. Okay. Wow. So, see, it's all interconnected, all the symbols. It really is interconnected.

Right. This is why I'm a linguist, because even symbols are language if you know how to look at all of this right. And it's just all around us continuously, and universe provides and guides. Right. And actually, you know what I'm giving a talk.

I was asked to give this talk on symbolism, and I pointed and I started with the Navajo I'm just working up the talk, but I started with the Navajo Code Talkers. I said, Every war has its secrets, and to transmit secrets, you have to have a code. And this is no different in this war. Only in this code, it's symbols of how I show the pedophile symbols, all these different symbols, because it's not good to walk around telling the enemy what you're really doing. And especially because when you tell them that you're going to murder and eat children, you put that on your forehead.

That doesn't do well in you, in society. But if you have these little codes, you can recognize each other, you can group together what's happening across the southern border. Everywhere they're wearing the codes. The trafficked people are wearing rubber armbands with codes stamped. All are coded.

Yeah. Not just the colors, but I mean the various images for the various who owns you and this kind of stuff. Right. And so it's way deep in there. It's really interesting language and how it arose, what it does to the human mind and all of this I find to be quite fascinating.

The symbology that Lynn Biow hooked up to was extremely powerful. So his big deal was the rage, where they destroyed the old in terms of which I see. Right. Well, here's the thing. How do we avoid that?

They've tried that here. Okay. So they've spent their wad, in my opinion. Oh, good. That was their attempt with the BLM.

Correct. And they don't have okay. No, it didn't work, all right? Because the conditions that allowed them to do it in China also had the economic imperative driving everybody, because everybody was so abysmally poor at the time, that they joined the economic revolution to the Cultural Revolution and then subsumed it in the Cultural Revolution and took off. And you can't do that here in the US.

Plus they can't do it before. Now, how about this new economic crisis that they're fomenting? Is that going to change the equation? That'll change the equation, but not in the way that their activities would allow them to take advantage of it. Because here's the thing.

BLM was paid for all these donations. All of the companies, corporations, funneling billions of dollars through the BLM to support that whole effort. As we get into the financial crisis, dollars will become meaningless. Right. And so we'll hit a crisis where electricity in the form of digits as a method of payment won't work, all right?

Because it'll be coming from a centralized CBDC. Correct. Not going to work. Yeah, I don't think so. Even now, the ATMs and stuff, all right?

So we're going to come up to an economic crisis here where no matter what digits you have in a bank, it won't make any difference simply because there won't be goods available or they'll be available at such high prices, you wouldn't be able to transfer and acquire them under those circumstances. People may indeed riot, but they'll be rioting to get food and then take that food home, not destroy statues. They won't be going at things at a cultural level that way, nor will they be too inclined to be directed. All right? And so we're also going to run into this situation that exists here in the United States.

And we didn't see it in the BLM days, but they really wanted to do it. The goal for one of the goals that they attempted to reach was to create a condition wherein the mass of white men that are hunters would come out and would fight with the BLM people and try and calm or take over the cities such that biden could then ask for UN troops to come in and take over. Right? That was the whole thing, partition the United States. They wanted to partition us into manageable groups just the way they do korea, Vietnam, all of this, right?

Okay? It didn't work. Now, here's their issue. They put all that money into BLM. This is just a strategic analysis.

And the tactics they put all that money into BLM, it's wasted. They shot their wad, they destroyed a few statues, and everybody said, okay, now what? Right? But here's the thing. The BLM people now have other concerns that are the same as are affecting everybody else, and that is food availability.

The food supplies are being trashed. The ability to get energy is being destroyed. And when the economy fully goes down the way it is in South Africa and a lot of these other countries, based on the crash of the fiat currency and incompetent management that we see these guys putting in everywhere, it's not going to be a situation of all of us crying here in the United States, oh, UN. Come and save us. Come and save us.

Because we've got all of these people that are hunters, okay? And they're going to go on out and they'll shoot deer in your local city to get food, right? So you'll see deer shot in your park and gutted and taken for food as this crisis goes, because there's a huge amount of deer out there. And no, I do not believe the statements being made that 100 million deer have been injected with mRNA vaccines. So we don't hunt them.

Correct. But here's the thing. So this is what actually scares the Khazarians. The hunters in the United States form a very unique army, all right? This unique army is trained by the nature of hunting and the rifles that they have, the long barrel rifles, to hit targets 400 to 800 yards away, okay?

And I've got a Marlin 1895 that has high discharge, 45 calibers. And I've hit at 1000 yards what I aimed at consistently three out of five times, okay? And I'm not particularly good. And. I'm mostly blind in my right eye.

So we have more men here trained at long distance shooting than any other army that may exist on the planet. And even worse, these men are not under the control of a central authority, right? That scares the absolute piss out of the Khazarians. They won't send in anybody here because UN troops, if they were to come in from Vancouver, BC, might make it to where I could join up to shoot at them. But I don't know that they could survive those 600 miles or whatever it is to get down here.

Not very well when it comes to that, actually. I heard this statistic or read the statistics. Just the hunters alone in the state of Minnesota, just one state. If you put them all together, they constitute the fifth largest standing army in the world. Yeah, that's one state.

And I'm going to tell you, they said they hunt everywhere. And I live out here in the wild, right? I live on the coast of the continent, on the Olympic Peninsula. And it's all Khazari and mafia through the federal government, locked up, preserve land. And so lots of people come out here to hunt.

I know a lot of hunters and they say, like Biden says, oh, you better have an F 22 raptor if you're going to take on the federal government, right? No, it doesn't work that way, guy, you're really stupid if you think that. I mean, that was the tactics we tried to use that the Kazarian mafia tried to get the military to use in Vietnam. And it does not work against a determined enemy that way. And so, in my opinion, they won't invade.

We won't have that phase of the Cultural Revolution because we did not get an ignition here in BLM riots the way that they got the ignition in China, in the south, in Huangdo, where they started that movement of the Cultural Revolution. It actually ignited the population. It was because of the very, very effective, never before seen propaganda effort that preceded the direct action here. We have them out there on Twitter pimping the Trans and all of this, and they're getting the shit stomped out of them. They're getting we're not taking this stuff.

We're not going to swallow that kind of propaganda. And now I actually think that if we were to focus and challenge these people on the idea of them being victims of munchausen by proxy so imagine a situation where you had an elected official and so I put this to Chat GPT this way, and by the way, we should define munch houses. As I understand, munch houses is a person who creates their own disease. I mean, they'll even go so far as to contaminate their own blood, so they get sick, so they can have attention and help from doctors and whatever. But munchausen's by proxy is when you do it to somebody else.

Correct? And usually though, in Munchausen's by Proxy, it's sort of an unconscious kind of a thing, transmitting the signals to the ill person. Right? It can be that way. It's not usually that active.

Extreme case. It can be overt, though. Yeah, extreme cases are overt. But a lot of the stuff that Lynn Biow discovered was this unconscious level of communication, what he called the invisible illness or the ghost disease, right? And so he's been able to do it that way.

But Munchausen's by proxy is extremely powerful in the hands as a weaponized form here, and we're dealing with that now. But here's the thing about it. If it were any other disease other than a mental and also a lot of other mental conditions, so if Federman gets up there and was able to stand up and drooling all over himself and couldn't get a word out, there would be questions about his mental capacity, if he's even alive. Right? And so there would be legitimate efforts you could make as a politician or a constituent to get that guy removed because his brain is damaged.

So those same legal and medical avenues can be used against existing politicians that are exhibiting victimizing being victims of Munch houses by proxy of this weaponized, munchausens by proxy. So they did this. They said trans exist. They said, you must accept trans because it's existent and it's this natural thing. And they built up an ethos around that.

But their very premise was that trans existed as a medical condition, which it does not. But let's just assume that it did. Let's take that same avenue, and we can say weaponized and use that word weaponized. Munchausen's by proxy exists, and you are its victim. And we can't trust your mental acuity while you are functioning as its victim.

So in this school board meeting where you're a school board guy promoting trans crap, and we know trans to be weaponized MVP, we insist that you take a panel of at least three psychiatrists or mental health workers to assure the public that you're not functioning as a victim of weaponized MBP. And we have a trail that goes all the way back to 1966 in China, and we have the threads that show that the Chinese are using it on us now. And so what if the Chinese had a bomb? That some Chinese guy could come over from China and he could throw it into a room with politicians, and a gas would come on out and would make them all batshit crazy? They wouldn't necessarily know they were batshit crazy from the Chinese disease, from the gas.

But we saw it. We have it on camera. We see them acting that way afterwards. We can call them on it medically, and we can just stand up in school board meetings and say, no, this cannot proceed. This whole meeting has to stop right now until you people get certified that you're mentally healthy.

The only problem I see with that plan is that the psychiatrists have become victimized by munch houses. It doesn't matter at this stage, okay? Even if that's the case, the mere fact that we're doing this and bringing it up and they have even the trapped psychiatrist will have to work his ass off to justify this guy promoting trans to your schools as being legit and mentally healthy, and it won't fly. And no psychiatrist no psychiatrist look at the doctors, you know, and put three of them in a room and say, you guys have to come up with a consensus that that fucker is mentally healthy. You've got to assure us of this that he's not functioning under MVP.

So do it. Yeah. And your reputation, your life, all of everything is at risk because the public is looking at you. Wow. Yeah.

So that's psychological warfare. If we do that, if we do that in city councils, if we do that in school board meetings, you will dominate. Just get up and say, no, you people are mentally ill. You're acting because you've been affected by a weaponized. Munchausens by proxy.

We need to examine this right now. Blah, blah, blah. Just throw a big stink. It'll so disruptive that they won't be able to proceed with whatever trans stuff that they want to put out. They have to stop and react to what's going on.

So you disrupt their plan instantly, even if it goes no further. Before you even get to trans, you can make this argument for people pushing COVID. Exactly right. And so my friend Mark McDonald, he wrote a book.

He's had two psych. He has a child psychiatrist, but he's had two books on the psychiatry essential of what's going on. But in this last one, he's talking I can't remember the name of the book, sadly, but it's about taking back America from this cult, from this psychiatric illness. And what he's saying is he's gotten to the point he thinks it needs like, a twelve step program intervention. Right.

I thought that myself. Okay. Back when in the day when COVID first started showing up, I thought that myself. He's correct, but it's not a good tactical response. Okay?

That's what I want to know. His strategy is good, but tactically, we can't do it against COVID because it's so muddied, okay. Because there is a spike protein, because people think they have so on and so on. Right. But nonetheless you see what I'm saying?

Right. Because in the public's mind, however, trans is very binary in spite of the fact that they claim otherwise. Trans is very binary. You accept it or you don't. Okay, I got you.

You don't have to get involved in too much science to we don't have to get bogged down. All we have to do is basically stand up and say, there is a Chinese weapon that is a weaponized form of munchausen's by proxy. We have proof of it, and we think you're a victim of it. And we don't want to proceed with anything until you've been cleared that you're not a victim of it. And then you set up conditions with the three psychiatrists or three sociologists or whoever you got handy and set it up formal and make them come out with an official report.

And I know these doctors, right? I know psychiatrists. My brother was a lifelong schizophrenic, and I had to deal with psychiatrists all through my teens and into my young adulthood, et cetera, just dealing with him. You're not ever going to get three psychiatrists together in a room to certify that a politician is sane. Yeah, well, probably none of them are sane anyway, even with right, that's my point.

But even so, that's what I'm saying. They will always find evidence to support the position that the mob takes, that those people are mentally ill. How about in general, the financial so we can deal with that. How about getting us out of this? How do we get us ourselves out of this financial mess that's coming?

Because they want to take down our whole financial system, and I think people are really worried about that. Okay, so here's the thing. But I don't know if they can do it. You said they wouldn't be able to do the CBDC. What's going to happen?

You think we'll have an organic solution? I think there's a solution that the Sock is prepared. But here's the thing.

It's not the quantum financial system. No, it's a bunch of horseshit. And how about Nasara Jasara? Okay? Those are houses.

Those are structures, okay? Quantum financial system is a structure. It's a system designed by someone else. No one in that is ever going to be free. Same thing with Nasara Gasara.

So it's all bullshit. But even so, it is a structure. They want your mind to be happy in the little structure. Here's a church you can come into and worship. That's what they're saying with these things, okay?

It will be messy. It'll be ugly and messy. But the Sock, I think, has already made some preparations. But organically, even if the Sock were not preparing for it, here's what would happen or will happen. The Khazarians don't want to destroy their system.

They don't want the great reset. They are forced to the great reset because the system is dying anyway, because we have no purchasing power left in the underlying reserve currency of the whole damn planet. It's just the end of fiat currency, okay? It's the end of they can't make it work, okay? It's the end of this particular fiat currency that underlies all other fiat currencies on the planet, okay?

That's the end of the Federal Reserve. Note it has too much debt and not enough purchasing power. All other currencies are based on it. So as it dies, they will die. We could just decide, okay, now we're going to use these blue dollars or these pink dollars or something and go ahead and have another fiat currency system.

But everybody's getting wise to the idea. They don't want this hidden taxation of inflation and all of the interest that's taken off. And we don't like central banks that destroy everything with a centralized understanding of how humanity should run, and that now we really are moving into the Age of Aquarius, which is decentralized, sovereign individuals, et cetera, et cetera. So we won't recreate a fiat currency system so, very much like the 1930s, only on a vastly expanded scale, we will have an inversion of value. And so, all of a sudden, things that cost lots and lots and lots and lots of dollars will cost very little in the way of silver.

So Venezuela and the South American republics have gone through this in these last few years as their currencies tied to the US dollar died. Their response was the whole barrels wheelbarrows full of currency, right?

I can't remember how many Argentine pesos or Argentine dollars it took to buy a month's worth of food, but it was truly a wheelbarrow's worth of money, or a single 1oz of silver bought food for a family of four for a month, right? So that's what will occur is that we'll have this inversion and we'll still be doing things and we'll still be active in rebuilding and recovering our society. So we've got all these people we have to help. We're under a huge burden that didn't exist in the 1930s because we've got the COVID So this is like having the Spanish American or the Spanish flu, the 1918 influenza problems, 50 million dead around the planet, smooshed into the 1930s depression all at once in the middle of the Korean War as it's building into the Vietnam War. That's what we're in now.

Right? But all of this is based on the dollar dying, our condition now, the war with Ukraine, all of these relate to the end of the fiat currency system. When it ends, we have distributed decentralized freedom, but that means you're your own bank, you're your own personal responsibility, et cetera, et cetera. And we're going to have a lot of people that aren't prepared for that because we have not educated, we've schooled, and so we're leaving the school system. I expect there will be a lot of people dying, not just from the shots, but from everything, from suicides, fentanyl overdose, not being able to get their shit together, to respond.

We may lose. I do too. The population of the western republics and starvation. Yeah, exactly. It's amazing.

I remember a long time ago, I can't remember his name, his real name, but he has a book, he's a psychiatrist in the British Health Service and he was talking about how and at the time I was kind of shocked about that because I didn't think it was that bad in America. But it is that bad in America, where he said, these children these people that he would be seeing in the psychiatric practice at his public health service. They couldn't cook. They knew how to scavenge in their food by going through the cupboards when they got home from school. But they didn't know how to cook.

Nobody in the family knew how to cook. They didn't know how to buy fresh foods. All they knew was living off this dull kind of thing. And so they don't have any skills. But I'm going to tell you I'm in the Midwest.

I'm in Iowa and I grew up where everybody had a garden. Everybody had they knew how to can. They knew how to store food and they stored food. It's not just they knew how to do it. They all believed in the necessity of preparing for a bad year.

Whatever that was caused by it was bad years. Could be drought, could be bad crops, could be you lost your job, it didn't matter. You prepped. And I'm going to tell you even in my home state that was a very self sufficient state. It's turned around so that most kids don't know how to garden, they don't know how to camp, they don't know how to save food.

But I'm seeing the older people that gave that up years ago now relearning those skills. It's our 70 year old, my 70 year old fellow humans here that are trying to save this whole thing. We need the young people to get involved. But some of them are. But that's what's going to happen.

They will have to in a very shockingly fast period. It'll be less than a year and we'll probably have 80 or 90% of them engaged and the others actively dying. That kind of a thing. Right. Because of what's going to hit us so hard beginning this summer.

And so we'll hit the peak of Big Ugly sometime in June. And that's an emotional peak. That's not an event peak or anything. It just won't get any uglier than what we encounter through June. June of this year.

Of this year. Right. And why then? What's going to happen? This relates to an emotional forecast coming out of the language that we will have a mental breakthrough of the weaponized mind control that allowed the people to take the shots.

Okay? This is when they hit. Reality hits them. Correct. Suddenly their eyes are open.

They see a little and they will admit it to themselves. And they'll admit it to themselves. Right? And so we'll have them start turning and seeking help desperately. Not Okinase is showing just tremendous response in getting rid of the problems from the shots.

So look into that and glutathione before bed. But anyway so the Big Ugly comes when all those people have to face that emotional wall and go through it. And it propels the society in ways that the Khazarians had not anticipated according to my data set. Right. And it's sketchy at best.

I'm wondering if we could follow I know this sounds macabre, and I don't mean that to be I'm not heartless about this. I'm just saying this is a reality. I wonder if you could follow it with the suicide numbers, in other words, because in my profession, I think that's the way it's going to hit. When the Big Ugly hits physicians and they realize what they were suckered into, the ones you were saying, what we talked about earlier, this is the guys who all their life they trained like I did, but I had a different background. I came from people that were farmers and I think that helped.

But anyway, people that had bought into the whole idea of organized medicine and that everything the universities told you was true and that you did the algorithms, they told you. And so when it came out with COVID they told me this. It was danger, danger, danger. You had to vaccinate, vaccination and they went along with it. And then they wake up one day and they realized, did I kill myself?

Did I kill my family? Have I killed my patients? Have I sterilized a great deal of the world? And some of them won't be able to live with that. And I do think we're going to see the suicide.

Yeah, I do think if we could follow suicides, I bet you you could follow the peak of this big Ugly. I think you're right. Exactly. I didn't know it was going to be June. Okay.

So in my estimation, given the hints that I get from the little tiny bit of the program, I can still run the energy that propels that is the economics. Okay, so in June we have this peak, big Ugly, but it's going to be and from there on it goes flat. I mean, we keep that same level for a long time right before it starts waning. But what's going to power that is that through April and May, we're going to have this huge economic problem that will reach down to the core of everybody and get them so unstable that these thoughts can arise. Okay, that makes sense.

They have mental barriers in there that prevent it from coming up as long as everything's functioning. But when they go to Starbucks, and Starbucks is hollowed out, burned out, and there's no coffee for them, and they go to their office and nobody shows up for work and there's no power, just a Starbucks alone might unseat American society. Yeah, that might do it. But you see my point. Yeah.

No, I see it. There has to be an external disruption. So I've read a lot of Lynn Bow's stuff. My father was a serious military officer and when he discovered in 67 I was interested in that, he would feed me this stuff over the years when he ever came across a good book on it.

Can you recommend a good book on it? No, because most of them that I was provided were things that circulated in the military. With the military, yeah. Okay. Right.

And a lot of it was probably classified, and I didn't talk about it. I didn't do anything with it. I just read it because I was quite fascinated. But he was a genius, right. Lynn Bau was.

And he discovered he analyzed and analyzed and analyzed what happened with the American prisoners in the Korean War and how the Chinese were and the Koreans were so effective in turning so many of them into double agents and even getting them to kill themselves and all of this. Right. They had horrific experiments where they did just that. Out of 100 and some odd people, how many can we get to kill themselves, and what methods will it take to do it? And they analyze it, wrote it all down and so on.

And so there are external prompts to your behavior that you're unaware of that subconsciously will support or detract from the mental barriers that they put in place through the media of whatever they've been using for their propaganda. In our case, it's been the actual media has been captured propaganda. Absolutely. In the 70, 1979, the CCP formalized their understanding of the now dead Lynn Biao's stuff, and they put a plan forward, and these two colonels started working on this plan. Yeah.

Well, unrestricted warfare. Correct. By Colonels Wang and whatever. Yeah. And that was when they decided that there was going to be a two pronged approach and that they would enter the British first, but the two prongs would be media and colleges.

Okay. And that that was their entree into our society, that they could game those two systems most effectively, and they needed the media in order to be able to move the language the way they wanted and introduce the propaganda, and they needed the colleges in order to stop educating the people and start schooling them. And so that in 79, they had their plan, and they've been working it ever since. In the 1990s, it went active. Okay.

So there is some small potential that Xi Ji Ping is in the same sort of a position as Trump, in a sense. Okay. There's some small potential that Xi Jinping is trying to fight the deep state in his own social order, and that he sees the deep state as now cannibalizing China to a way that he doesn't like and can't live with. But there's not a lot an individual can do, even as the all powerful ruler of the CCP. Right.

Because if the intelligence agencies and those kind of things in the CCP, they can do to him what our intelligence agencies have been doing to Trump. The CIA is mostly Khazarian. They control the FBI, and that's how all this stuff happens. Right. And so Xi Jinping may actually be trying to fight the deep state because of what they're doing in this regard.

Do you think it has anything to play in China. We saw that thing with Huzao where they took him out of the Plena potentially session. And I heard that 100 guys got arrested that day at the old school, the old guard. It was more like 10,000 well, whatever, big communist guys, the big leader. And then we see this thing in Thailand where the royal house of Thailand, which is very popular with the people, they've been lied to by their physician, their princess was in comb and everything.

So the question I have is and then there's this weird thing about this King George III that says I'm the real blood heir of the throne, not these guys that are actually from the Khazarians that are in there. But anyway, so the question is, are we seeing a resurgence of families that were the old royal houses? And is part of that is that something that don't play in a role here? Xi Jinping has his own lineage issues going on there, right? And so there are indeed aristocratic lineage issues that do interact with the sock.

But the sock in general is more egalitarian than and is certainly not authoritative or centralized. But you're quite correct. But here's the thing. All of this has been carried by families, all right? So the people that are in the sock, they know they're in the sock because of what their fathers told them.

They know they're in the sock because of what their fathers told them. Okay? So in a way, it's kind of like the royal lineage. I mean, it's just a different but different in the sense that at this time, it would be safe to say that a small, probably unknown number, but a small majority of the people that are involved in the sock are of military lineage, not necessarily diplomatic or royal lineage. Right?

So a lot of this is carried down in military families. They're the majority of the soccer, the minority, the slight majority of the soccer, slight majority. Okay, so that makes sense to me, too. I never heard that term, the self organizing, but I think that makes the best sense. And you have to do it this way, okay?

So you have to do it this way.

The Qatari have all of these weird sayings that inform and guide, and a lot of these have been the Kathari are not particularly warlike, okay? But they're very good fighters and very good warriors. Well, they were the pirates of the Caribbean, right? And they were the scourge of the area and the British spirit of and so on. But it's a matter of not having an organization and being decentralized down to a tribal level, but having a sure understanding of the interaction with other people that are also doing this.

So it's a self organizing collective. And this is the weirdest kind of thing for centralized authority to fight, right? Because who's in it and who isn't? This is the same rationale that they used to tarnish Lynn biow all through his life since 1925 to 1971. This man was the Communist Party true believer adherent.

And then he dies mysteriously in 1971, and they start tarnishing his reputation from that point on. Now, we can also put that and twist it around on them. So you can go into any group of individuals that are Khazarian and in this collective, and they're minions. And you can sow discord in there if you use the same techniques that Lynn Bau discovered. Okay.

Because I could walk on in and I could chum up to somebody, and then everybody else in the room thinks, oh, known enemy here, known claimed antisemite. They claim I'm an antisemite and I'm chumming up to this guy. What's that make that guy? Right. It taints everything instantly through these network of associations.

And so he discovered how to manipulate our social interactions at this level to a great degree. But those, like Isaac Eisenhoff says, it's a poor atom blaster that won't point both ways. Yeah. Okay. Wow.

Well, of course, every time I talk to you, I feel like my brain is going to explode.

You put words and structure to what is kind of in coate in a lot of our minds that we have a sense that there's a self organizing collective out there or somebody there's some group we can't put our finger on that seems to be fighting back in weird little ways that you notice things that just don't make sense. If there's not somebody fighting back in ways that really freaks the Khazarians out because they see that as well. Right? Yeah. What about the brotherhood?

It's kind of like a brotherhood, what you're talking about? And you see the brotherhood of bears. It's like the Chinese bear, the Russian bear, and our bear. And it's like, again, military, not official, but a group that's working together, doing things. I think of it as a cultural alliance.

Okay, so I'm allied to my Polewski friends by a shared common culture, right? And this is true with myself and Turks and Africans has nothing to do with skin color or any of that. We have a shared common culture in the sense that we want to promote humanity, and we promote it in an active, gentle fashion. We're not trying to be fascists and make it go to some kind of weird idea we have. Right.

I just want humanity to flourish. All right, so I'm a programmer. When you program, if you have the mind for it, you suddenly discover design patterns. And from the point you discover design patterns as a coder, you then become a software engineer because you then understand how the design patterns are replicated throughout the whole thing and how they expand and collapse in order to make function. And you become very, very elegant in your coding from that point on because you just always try and seek the design pattern that solves.

The problem for that bit of code that can be replicated over and over and over again because you're basically a lazy butt. But anyway, so in discovering design patterns, you can see these everywhere. And so I see design patterns even out into universe and coming down into us. And so once you see the design patterns, then you can like in Aikido, you can harmonize with them to great effect. This is what people try and do when they say they're like manifesting, okay?

They see something in their environment and they want to harmonize with it to get more of it, okay? So universe, in my opinion, and in the opinion of the catharis, is consciousness. And one day consciousness decides that it's conscious and it says, I'm bored, I know everything. And so I don't want to be bored. How can I not be bored?

Ah, I could create novelty. How could novelty be created if I know everything? I have to ponder that. So in order to create novelty, since I know everything, I must create an environment in which the ability of myself to know everything is going to be minimized. And so thus the materium is born where you and I are sitting our asses on matter and where we are matter as well.

And everything goes to in. The materium goes to that central point of novelty. Okay? Universe is desperate to create novelty. It has to have serendipity arise.

And that's why we are here doing all of this wild ass shit in order that complexity might be created. And from complexity might there exist something that is new and random. So if your consciousness, you know everything, there is nothing that is random. All of our computer chips cannot create a random number. The RND function at assembly language is a random number within a defined range.

You can do all different kinds of things to create randomness, but you can't do it within any of our structured things. Universe doesn't like structures. It doesn't like what the Khazarians want to do. Universe favors us. That's why you and I are talking now.

It's part of the design. It's part of design pattern. That's why we've all interconnected. This is part of that design pattern.

I know we will win, so to speak, because universe needs serendipity, it needs maximum complexity in order that that might happen. It creates these conditions which I call temporal pressure and novelty potential. And until temporal pressure reaches maximum and novelty potential reaches maximum, nothing may manifest. But when both of those are very close and they're sort of there quivering, it can happen just like that. And we're approaching one of those points now.

Wow.

Well, and it's freedom. You have to have freedom for all this to happen. That's why we're going to win. I'm 100% with you. I get that.

Wow, that was really universe provides and guides, as the catharis say. Yeah.

Where should people go? Well, first of all, where can people go and find your stuff? I do a substac and BitChute and other people take it and put it out elsewhere. I'm not trying to get money for it or anything, so that's not my point. You're on Twitter still, right?

Or did they? I'm on Twitter and I'm on True social as Cliff Underbar High. Yeah, I've seen you on there. All right, cool.

Well, thank you again. I can't thank you enough. I enjoy our time together here, and someday, maybe if there's anything else you want to come and talk about sometime, let me know.

As we come closer to this point of I really do think you're right. There's a point of departure we're approaching. I've heard it's November, but it may take the consciousness thing in June to get there. I don't know. Right.

It'll trigger in the last week of April, according to the data sets, and it'll occupy the last week of April and the first week of May with an intensity that we haven't seen for years. Yeah, I'm supposed to fly on my lap. I said I'm not flying anymore. I'm supposed to fly, and I'm supposed to go on April 14, and I'm back on the 20th or 21st. So maybe I'll make it before that.

Just before that, I won't fly. Because the pilots are vaccine, even though they're saying that now. The airlines surreptitiously require one unvaxed copilot. They don't have enough. They don't have enough.

They simply don't have enough. No, I know a lot about that, and they're not telling you about all the mishaps that we're actually having. They're hiding that, which tells you it's bad. They don't have to hide things when it's not bad. I was out in Las Vegas recently, and it was only because it was my husband's mother's 85th birthday, and it was a last minute thing that all the family wanted to get together, and it's like, man, I really don't want to fly.

But we did, and it was okay. But while we were out there was when that Southwest pilot we were on Southwest. Southwest pilot had a problem, and again, they're trying to minimize that, but you don't have to take a pilot out of the passenger cabin to fly the plane. If this were simply a little stomach upset. No, I'm sorry.

There's something else going on. So we're just not for the blood clots. Yeah, and I like carbon 60. I really do like carbon. Yeah, good stuff.

It stops the reload formation. I've got a whole program on my website, by the way. It's the Medical Rebel.com, but it's a whole program on what to do for vaccine remorse, and that includes shedding and a lot of these other stuff that's happening, I think. Yeah, well, thanks again for coming on, and have a great one. I got to get in and do my Ed now.

It's got to be put in low fan, so I got to get moving all right.

Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Heavy Metal! – 04-05-2023

Heavy Metal! - 04-05-2023

Heavy Metal! - 04-05-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans.

Hang on. Gotta love Velcro. Let's see, wednesday, April 5, just nine minutes before eight and heading in. Land now, doing chores, long day, mini stops, got to pick up stuff, have meetings with people. But obviously very interesting times.

We've had the Trump arrest, we've had the response to that start up. Yesterday was day one of the Trump effect. We're going to see it last for a number of days. It'll build up maybe on the 6th or 7th. So maybe tomorrow or the day after.

So Thursday or Friday, we may have a big wave of precious metals purchases that rises to the level of causing enough problems for the precious metals dealers that it'll hit the mainstream news, sudden shortage in silver coins or something like that. During all of this time, the banking system is going down. Not so slowly, fairly rapidly. We're going to hit a point here. As I say, I think it's in the month of May and this is an estimate based on linguistic clues and the response will be, okay, so we'll hit a spot in May where we have serious, serious dollar problems.

It's not really the dollar, we all call it the dollar. It's a Federal Reserve note. It's a debt instrument. It's actually a piece of paper that is a debt obligation in like four different ways. You owe interest when you receive it instantly.

There is a rake off of interest in the form of inflation, which is silent theft. And then the dollar is thieving from you by its backing of rehypothecated bonds and also the derivatives. And so when the crash comes in May, it's going to be a big impact, all right? And so the issue will be at a core level, not the dollar. All right?

So the Federal Reserve note is going to take a big hit and in essence, we'll have what they call a haircut, right? And so maybe we'll lose four fifths of the purchasing power in the dollar. And so maybe the dollar will go one to one with the Chinese yuan. So it'll be worth less, far less. It'll be worth four fifths less.

So whatever your price, you're paying for gas now, multiply that by five and that'll be the cost of fuel. So if you're paying out here in our state, we've got pushing on four plus dollars a gallon.

You can buy cheaper gas. But still I really hate the ethanol and its impact on our engines and so forth. It need not be that way. By the way, I discovered that there's a process out there that can convert ethanol into actually a fluid that will aid the engines. But in any event, so we'll have a haircut with the dollar losing four fifths of its purchasing power as our dollar crashes to basically meet the value of the Chinese yuan.

As this occurs, that day that that happens, which will probably be like repudiation day, okay? And so maybe there will be 2030, 5100 countries that on a particular day will say, no, not taking the dollar anymore. We want gold, we want yuan, we want rubles, we want something other than the dollar. But it'll hit the USA dollar, the Federal Reserve note masquerading as a dollar, but it'll also hit the Euros.

It'll hit the Euro ahead of the dollar being really slammed. It may only be by a day or so. There's going to be really weird crash. We're not going to have the regular two weeks or whatever for the issues to develop relative to the currency crumble, okay? Because there's linguistic hints that what's going to happen is going to be the emergence of the fraud on the second day.

So it'll actually happen on the first day, but we won't see it in the news until the second day of the crash. And so maybe it'll happen on a Tuesday. And so the crash will be big, we'll have problems on Tuesday. Everybody will be freaking out, but you'll go to bed and it'll be sort of you think you understood what happened, right? But you wake up the next morning and you've got a whole new crisis developing for you.

And this whole new crisis is going to happen at the same time and continue with the currency degradation. This whole new crisis is going to be the vast amount of what's called rehypothecation, all right? And so on Wednesday morning, after the Tuesday crash, whatever Tuesday in May that is, we'll get the word that it'll even show up in the mainstream media that maybe there's a 24 one crises in bonds. Now bear in mind, the USA dollar or Fern backed bonds are the world reserve currency. Actually, nobody really holds dollars as the currency.

Everybody's holding bonds as their value that backs the supposed currency the banks are creating, all right? Because bear in mind, it's not just the Federal Reserve. The bank creates ferns every time they lend the money.

So what will happen is that we'll wake up on a Tuesday, a lot of countries will say no more dollars, the Chinese economy will be crashing huge, the euro will be dropping, the value of the dollar will be dropping, and it'll all be chaos. And then the very next day you'll wake up to find out that, oh my God, there's 20 to one bonds. So 19 bond holders are holding fake instruments, all right? Now all the bonds are bankrupt, so it doesn't make any difference. Okay?

So the fact of the fraud is actually not particularly pertinent to the bankruptcy and the degradations that will follow. It's only going to be interesting because people will be able to take legal action based on that fraud. It'll take a long time and it'll be in courts for years and stuff, but it will allow a particular wedge to occur that will affect things politically going forward anyway, though. So sticking with this subject so you wake up and you find out that 19 out of 20 bondholders are holding fake instruments. But the other part of this is nobody knows who has the original, no one knows who has the real one.

So basically all 20 will be presumed to be fraud. And even if you knew you had the legit bond with its legit serial number and all the other 19 people said, no, I don't really have a claim on it, I bought mine after you. So thus you were the first one on this particular serial number, so thus you own it. Even if that's the case, your bond is going to be worthless. You won't be able to sell it for even pennies on the dollar, especially since the recoup cost the pennies on the dollar for the bonds that actually showed up in the 1930s that made a lot of people wealthy.

By the end of the 40s because the dollar had recovered, et cetera, et cetera. And they were still denominated in a fixed rate of interest and a fixed amount that won't occur this time because of the unwillingness of people to purchase those bonds, even at giantly discounted values, because so many of them will be proven fraudulent. Everybody will know it's a fraud. If you were to buy a particular bond, even discounted, would you be able to ultimately claim on it at any time in the future? In other words, do you own the real bond with that serial number?

Bear in mind, it's just a series of numbers, very much like a crypto.

So USA dollar bonds issued by the Fed and the banks and stuff are just serial numbers in a fancy piece of paper to print the serial number on.

And they don't have a blockchain, they don't have any of that to support them in relative value. But there's no more inherent value in a USA Federal Reserve note denominated bond than there is in any cryptos. It is basically just a private serial number, just like the private key inside every bitcoin inside every crypto. Anyway, so this will start the major process. It will take a surprisingly short period of time for shit to escalate.

You will not be able to wrap your emotional stability around what is happening. Everything that will be happening will be causing you, every time you look at the news, every time you look at any kind of new information, will be causing you new amounts of anxiety and new amounts of fear for the future because of the continuing degradation ripple that keeps spreading throughout the social order. So the bonds and the fern will have very bad days at the beginning of a week, say a Monday or Tuesday, and it will ripple on for several weeks thereafter, but it will never abate. It'll just be a new aspect of it that's unfolding. So we'll see.

Maybe it'll be the derivatives first that show up with the rehypothecation issue, and then it goes down to the bonds. Or maybe the bonds will show up first as being worthless with the rehypothecation fraudulent issue. And then the very next day it's realized that all of the derivatives in the world that were Fern denominated are now defunct and worthless. And so that'll set things off. And so you have to understand the ramifications of this.

Okay?

It's rough, all right? This is the worst roughest period of time ever and we cannot sugarcoat any of this. What we're coming into is going to be hugely, massively disruptive. And you have to understand that it's going to affect all of the western republics. So it is true that areas in Finland and Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Portugal, Spain, Italy, France, Germany, all of them poland, Lithuania, Estonia, all of these areas throughout Europe, and also in Australia, New Zealand, even in areas of Asia, small organizations have retirement funds that are backed by derivatives and dollar bonds.

And so their retirement is going to go poof. So city councils in England are sitting on derivatives now that are supposedly backing, and they're able to withdraw to some extent, funds to pay for the retirement of the people that used to work for those city councils and that'll disappear. And everybody that's expecting to get a retirement out of this will get really angry. And all those people that are on the retirement now will become extremely frantic because it'll just disappear. And so this will be the same level of effect that we saw hitting in 1923 in Germany as the Weimayer Republic crumbled down to nothing as it did.

So when the retirement system got hit, that was the point at which everybody just walked away from government. There was some small number of people that stayed because they had some level of value out of those positions other than the worthless money that was being paid. So there was still some level of power, so there were still some the police, some of these people still stayed in their job because they had access to things that they would not have had had they been technically unemployed. But it wasn't really employment like we understand now. The whole system had crumbled.

We're going to have this happen here in all the western liberal republics to some degree greater or lesser depending on where you are at and what's going on. So if you live in an area that is economically dependent upon a large base of retirees that are spending out Social Security and 401 KS and stuff, maybe you want to check your situation there because these people won't have anything to spend. And they'll have it, but it won't spend. All of a sudden your four hundred and one k is reduced by four fifths of its purchasing power as the dollar revalues. Now this is harsh news.

No one wants to hear this. I don't want to go and tell people this, but that's a very reasonable projection of what we're heading to now. You know that there's riots going on now in France and they're against the great dictator Macron, who, by the way, seems to be doing some heavy duty drugs that are really eroding his teeth. Some kind of meth, I think. Anyway, so they're rioting in France.

They've been doing it for days and days and days about his illegal orders and stuff. But theoretically, or at least the mainstream media said that all this stuff was sparked off by his wanting to change the retirement age. He needed to change it by two years just to keep it from breaking this year. Okay? So if he didn't do that change, it would crash this year.

It will crash in midsummer based on the inability to pay out on the new batch of retirees. Now, the people in France are rioting and protesting and having fits about his action, but it wasn't really about the action of raising the retirement age from 62 to 64, rather. And also, by the way, he increased the work hours in the week at the same time. But it was not so much that that the people were really going crazy about now. It's the fact that he did it as a dictator around the legislature and won't let anybody vote on it.

That's what's happening here in my state, by the way. We've got a bunch of people passing income tax laws, predatory capital gains laws, all different kinds of shit, with no because they've captured our legislative process. There's no pushback from anybody. So they're just rolling through and doing all this shit. This will lead to really serious problems here in my area.

Best stay out of Washington State for a while. Anyway, so it was the pensions that did all of that that started that in France. Now they're riding there. But this is nothing compared to what I saw when I first went to Europe in the 60s, because in the 60s, they had exactly the same kind of haircut in France alone. So in France, when we first hit Europe and when we went to Germany, we were on the border there.

We were just in this temporary housing because of the nature of the US army and how they do things in this little area called Al Sach Lorraine. And it's sort of in between France and Germany. It used to be its own little country, and it's part of Germany. This bit we were in, but it was literally like 4 miles from the French border. Maybe not even that.

Anyway, there were riots in France at that point because they had had a four fifth haircut. So they had the old franc for new franc. And so there was a period of time that lasted about three to four months when the French populace had to take their cash out of their mattress wherever they had it stored, get it out of a bank or whatever, and they had to go to the government. They had to take five francs and the old francs and they would get one new franc back. And the thing was, the one new franc was the only thing that was being accepted and it was valued at basically one fifth of the old franc.

So there was just a giant haircut in doing this process. You lost purchasing power. This was as a result of they're running into this same fiscal crisis on the franc that we're running into now on the dollar. Only our dollars or a Fern note is affecting everybody on the planet because it backs everybody's retirement system in the Western liberal republics. So retirement systems in Australia, everywhere, new Zealand, some in Asia, not that many, but some, but all throughout the US, canada, Mexico, all these people that are living on and preparing to live on retirements coming out of the system are going to be systematized.

They're going to have all their purchasing power basically reduced down to one fifth of what it is. Now, if that holds, because we'll have repudiation of the Fern at the same time, the only place it will be really accepted is here in the US. And so if it does not exist here in the US. We won't be able to buy it with ferns. We'll have to pony up gold and all of this kind of shit, right?

And it's true. Like Vicks Weir says, we got tons of gold. The Grand Canyon is just chock full of the shit. There's a couple of mountains of gold in California and there's all kinds of gold in Alaska.

Literally maybe millions of tons of the crap in the ocean off of gnome up there anyway. So we will be able to recover, but it's going to take physical work. We're going to have to get people out there and dig holes in order to get gold, in order to be able to buy the stuff we need. Like initially. We'll even have to buy oil and stuff because of the Biden regime and their communist takeover.

They're trying to do here to kill everybody off for the Khazarians. None of this is going to work. We're coming out into the open pretty soon, maybe this summer as a result of the fraud from the bonds and the derivative crash and the retirement going away and the riots everywhere as a result of that and the food riots and all these kinds of things happening. We will also get to the point where, as had been forecast, we got all this UFO shit coming out. We'll see all of the stuff that's been done in our name and to us by the Kazareans all these years and at the same time all this stuff is happening.

Everything happening now will also get to the point where the majority of the populace starts to understand that we're at war with the CCP in the west. Now. Initially they'll just see it as a war with China the normies. I mean they won't, won't have the sophistications to understand that it's not nation states. Okay, it's not that kind of war.

But anyway, so they're really pushing, we're coming up to the major ah, obstacle point where, where you've got everybody pushing at the same point and, and it's a big free for all kind of a deal and everything happens all at once. The sort of the good news is that the crash of the Fern will destroy, totally destroy the political structure now and the political will for nuclear war with Russia. As the dollar and Fern goes and the retirement systems go, we can expect the western liberal republics will turn away from any external engagement to deal with what's going on within their own social orders because the populace will be in a giant fucking uproar and it just won't stop. Right? And the reason it won't stop is because the communists, the incompetent politicians at the WEF have put into all of the positions of power and then their diversity hires that they insisted on getting to try and do all of this stuff for their social engineering will not be able to cope with what's coming.

So they'll try shit trying to retain power and it's not going to work. And I believe, I'm convinced that the old data reports showing politicians being offed in the street, shot, stabbed, run over, hauled out of their house, people attacking their houses, throwing fire bombs, burning down whole subdivisions to get at politicians. That's coming and it's going to come out after the retirement stuff. It'll start after the retirement crash, after the 401 KS and the Social Security and everything takes this big hit. Bear in mind you'll still have your 401K, you'll still have your Social Security, just won't buy anything.

So that's where we're at. I'm coming up into town area here now, my first stop anyway. So this is where we're at now. We're in day one of the Trump effect. I don't know how long it will go, but one of the Trump effects is that people are starting to realize it's a banana republic.

Their justice system does not work for them. So if they don't have justice, they have to watch out for themselves. If they've got to watch out for themselves, they're also going to have to watch out for their own money. And so yesterday we had a 4% increase in silver. I suspect we'll hit close to that today or over that.

And it's just going to roll because people are going to start feeling this building panic. And so basically if you're not ordering silver now, it's going to disappear. If you wait a week you probably won't be able to find any. It'll go that rapidly. There isn't that much they'll have to scramble.

People will be trying to get the orders out and get them delivered, and we'll discover how much actual silver there really is as it drops down. You'll see the panic rise in Yellen and all of these people, and believe me, the politicians and everybody are freaking out and it's going to get a lot worse for them. And then you'll start seeing them disappear as they go into their hidey holes because they don't want to be found. As the populace comes unglued about all this shit that's happening. As I say, it's good that the dollar is crashing because we won't have a nuclear war.

We can't afford to pay for it. NATO and all of this stuff is going to go away because they won't be able to pay for it. No one's going to want to accept their paper notes, and they don't have the silver to pay the people in silver or gold for that matter. Right? They probably do have the gold but they're not going to be using it they're not going to pay out on that.

It's going to be a very interesting time. I saw this in the 1960s in France when they did the four for one swap or five for one swap on the Franc and everybody lost four fifths of the value when that occurred. There were riots then that I could see by sitting on the roof of the house that we were living in. You could see the smoke and the fires and all of this kind of stuff just miles away in this reasonably large tourist town and basically they were burning the banks and the government and just like they're doing now, they were extremely upset. So that'll be coming here.

People will be very upset as to what's going to happen once the money doesn't spend anymore and it's going to cause us some very severe emotional and political reactions.

And I can't get the idea across right no matter how hard I try in my vox populi writing to the politicians here to get them to wise up. I'm not able to adequately describe what's coming. It would take 2000 pages to just give a hint of what's going to happen here to the whole world but primarily to the western liberal republics as we get into this. What's going to be really interesting for me is as the I'm hunting for the linguistic changes, that will tell me that the populace is starting to accept the idea of the war with the WEF and the CCP again, though they will characterize it as a war with China, which it is not. But anyway, so that's a big turning point for me.

Once that happens, then we've clearly shifted over to the prelude to the rebuild, because we will be facing reality. You got to face reality so you got to understand your septic is broken and it stinks and it's terrible and all of this and what you're going to have to do you got to understand all of that before you do it and fix it right? And it is just not a blind process where you just say, oh, this is broken, I'll go and fix it. It just is not working that way. What is going to happen is that people are going to sing at driving issues.

People are going to have to come to grips with everything that's been done to them by the way of lies and the deception of the powers that be, et cetera, et cetera. And then once we get through that barrier, then we can start having a real effective change it. And that's the good part is the rebuilding. Lot of work, 20 years, but will come out better.

Okay, guys, got to go and do stuff. I'll make another one of these on the way out.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Man in America – The Cabals Collapse Will Begin This Summer (and CBDC Will Fail) – 03-26-2023

Man in America - The Cabals Collapse Will Begin This Summer (and CBDC Will Fail) - 03-26-2023

Man in America - The Cabals Collapse Will Begin This Summer (and CBDC Will Fail) - 03-26-2023

Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to man in America. I'm your host, Seth Woolhouse. So I have such an incredible interview for you today, which it might honestly, just being completely honest with you, this might be the most interesting discussion I've ever had with a guest here on the show. And so joining me is Cliff High, who maybe you're familiar with him, maybe you're not. I know before and I've asked people if you had any recommendations on who to interview.

He's come up quite a lot. And he's someone that is brilliant in ways that are hard to fathom. And some of the technology he's invented over the past 20 years have helped him understand where our world is at today is just incredible. And he's also been someone that has this unique ability to almost peer into the future. And he's predicted things like 911.

Even early last year, he was talking and saying, we're going to have the banks collapsing in March of next year. So that's just one of the many things that he's seen coming. So we're going to be talking about where we're at in history. Central bank, digital currency, fiat currency, the collapse of the dollar, the rise of new currency, the future of civilization, the unveiling of all the truth and information that's been hidden from us. So it's going to be a pretty mind bending interview.

So I hope you can enter into it with a little bit of an open mind and just relax. This is one that you're going to want to just kind of sit down, relax, focus on and enjoy yourselves. And I can tell you that I left this interview full of hope. And you know me, I'm a pretty optimistic person, though I covered a lot of doom and gloom stuff. But fundamentally, I'm full of optimism and a lot of what we talk about, especially towards the end, it genuinely gives me hope and it makes me excited to live at this time where we live right now.

So folks, enjoy this. Also, make sure you're following me on social media at man in America, and every show is done as a podcast as well. So if you want to listen, just go to your favorite podcast app, search for man in America, and you'll find me there. All right, folks, let's jump into this interview with Cliff High. So Cliff, thank you so much for joining us today.

I've been following you for some time and it's quite a pleasure to have you on the show. Sure, yeah, thanks very much. It's good because I find that you're such a different thinker, and I really appreciate that because I think that sometimes we're all just kind of locked in the same way of looking at things. And then I listen to one of your episodes, it's like, oh, my gosh, I never thought about it like that. And it's interesting because one of my good friends who I consider one of my smart best friends that I have who's been following you since pre 911.

He's been following you for over 20 years. He was like, Seth, you got to get Cliff on. This guy like, one of the smartest guys in the world. So my friend says that it's like, okay, I think it's time to have Cliff on. We finally were able to connect.

So thank you for being here. Yeah, sure. No worries. Busy days for everybody. Yeah, it is.

So how about we start with just for a lot of my audience that may not know who you are, and even my kind understanding of kind of your background is probably kind of a little bit fractured, kind of piecing things together. But what I've seen, though, from you is that you have this ability through a lot of what you're talking about, to understand not just making sense of where we're at and where we've been, but really where we're going. And even a year ago, you were saying in March of 2023, we're going to see the banking stuff hit, and you've had this ability to almost look into the future. So can you just explain a little bit more of your background and where that comes from? Boy, I'm 70 years old, so that's a lot of background there.

Okay, so here's the thing I discovered early in my life, due to my own mental infirmities, that people don't really understand the reality in which we operate. And that because people are not automatons or anything like that, but they're not really self aware, and so they don't know that their language exists as a form of emotional expression. Okay? It's only secondary that we communicate facts to each other through language. Primarily, it is a method of dealing with ourselves as life, which is consciousness attached to matter, but also life is the totality of experience.

And so we are trying to absorb and digest and deal with our experience, and we put this out in our language. And so I discovered very early that people telegraph, okay? So I'm a martial artist. I got the shit kicked out of me when I was ten and a half years old, and I've been in the martial arts ever since. And so that means personal combat, sometimes five and six days a week.

As a result of that, you understand the telegraphing of moves, faints and warfare at a very deep level. And so I understood that people telegraphed and fainted, and they practiced warfare by language. That's when I really started getting into it. Then I discovered that the people that were practicing warfare by language didn't really understand language or what it's doing. And so in the 90s, it crystallized.

So I'd been programming for years and years and years, worked for Microsoft, worked for the telephony industry, had worked for companies where we did things like SS Seven, which is the signal switching seven network layer across the telephony that allows the internet to work, among other things. Right. So I was really deep into all the technical stuff, and I'd been thinking and thinking and thinking. Something was really annoying me. Then I had a job down in mexico city, and on an airplane flight down there, the airplane was struck twice by lightning.

In between those two lightning strikes, this idea that had been gnawing on me for probably two decades crystallized and I understood some nature of language in a way that other people had not. And I was thereafter able to build what's known as a large language model, just basically the ability to go through lots of language and extract stuff. But I wasn't interested in extracting the facts or the communication or any of that. I wanted to extract the emotion because I was convinced that that emotion was prescient, that humans have to get out our views of the future, and that we did not at that point understand time. We still don't understand time as a society, nor its impact on ourselves as emotional beings.

And so we have these feelings, we have these inputs that come to us from time and are also carried by time that are slightly ahead of the future. And so I worked out all this math, and the timing was sucky, because sometimes I would get it really precisely, but other times I'd be off by 18 years. But nonetheless, the actual manifestation, as was described by the language, did show up as was described by the language. Whatever my timing characteristics might have been, however variant they might have been to the actual occurrence of the thing. So I was somewhat intrigued, and I wrote this large language model that for years I produced reports that were basically telling you what was going to happen a few years out, 18 months out, three months out, five days out, right, depending on the nature of the language or what was bubbling up that I could catch.

Then around obama time, they started putting the censorship on the internet, and I struggled and struggled and struggled to keep it working against that, not understanding that they were actively doing that, because I was heads down in my stuff. I wasn't much paying attention to the social milieu around me, and so eventually it crapped out on me because the censorship was too much and we weren't being allowed to express ourselves and get that emotionality out which carried with it the temporal connections and the prescient view of what might come up. It sort of faded off in time, around 2019 or so. It would have been impossible to have done it, but I was getting some useful data still in 2018. However, a lot of the early projections have been exactly right for timing and so on.

Now, I don't have the full large language model that I've been operating on, I just have the emotional intensity metrics, the numbers that come in off the language, because it is still so censored. However, I get enough out of it to be able to pick out these clues, such as our banking crisis here a year in advance, or the big ugly about a year in advance, being able to see that emerge. I can get into the details of how it works and all of that, if anybody really cares. It's very tedious, it is very accurate, and it also confirms a different view of what humans are than what we operate on in our normal world, right. What the normies understand ourselves to be is not accurate at all.

Unfortunately for them, we're in that period of reality where we're going to have a revolutionary reset of our consciousness, okay? And this will occur. We're going to have this big spike of it that will flow through us. Now, it'll sort of peak out in May, early May, and then fade by June, and then it'll come back in 2024 with a vengeance and be with us for decades.

It's going to fade because we have to deal with the immediacy right, of everything that's going to be crashing and all of this sort of thing. The reason we're going to go through this reset of our consciousness has to do with basically the total crash of the systems that allow us to perceive reality in the narrowly defined paradigm that's been presented to us, right? So if someone came to you and said reality is XYZ, but XYZ required on banks to be functioning and then the banks didn't function, then you're going to question your reality at that point, at least to some level. If it comes in from everywhere and the whole system is crumbling, you're going to question every aspect of your reality, have to find some little center that is solid and work your way back out. And we're there now that makes sense.

So if I can put here how I understand it is that this large language model that you built, as I understand, is almost like a bot, that you're scouring the Internet for language, right? And it's even this for quite some time, which you can see why censorship would get in the way of that. And so I've had premonitions before, whether it's a dream or a feeling, even a gut feeling, that you wake up one day, something bad is going to happen and something bad does happen. Right. And I do believe that we have that ability to sense things or that we're given messages, et cetera.

And I really agree with your perspective of kind of words versus thoughts and emotions. I feel like so much happens almost in another spacetime with our thinking and all the matter that's forming our thoughts before it even hits the layer of words, right. If you can tap into that and this is kind of a broader discussion, but the idea of spacetime, it's like, well, those thoughts in another dimension could have been forming for 100 years, right. If that other dimension has a different spacetime than ours. Right?

And that's kind of getting into some okay, so there's a big problem, though. You're coming back to this old Einsteinian thing with the potential for spacetime to exist, which it does not, okay? In Einstein's model, E equals MC squared. He's basically saying that energy is equivalent to mass moved to the speed of light squared. It's actually the reverse of that.

Mass is energy condensed. Okay? And so the nuclear bomb was not as Einstein had described it. It was, as Maxwell in Maxwell's electromagnetic equations had described it, that basically the nuclear bomb was tearing apart the molecular bonds of an atom, but the molecules themselves were not in any way touched, right? So we were dealing with it in a different way.

So we have to flop ourselves in terms of how we understand things. So I'm perfectly in agreement with you. We get premonitions constantly. We can't help but get premonitions because our brains are emulsified oil antennae. So your brain is this little body of a gel that is filled with tens of thousands, maybe millions of little microcrystals.

And those microcrystals vibrate at all kinds of different speeds, and they will put and because they vibrate, they cause the electrical interaction that causes thought to occur to us, right, to actually manifest in their brain when they do the MRIs and that kind of thing. However, our skulls are not proof. They're not metallic or whatever. They themselves, our skulls also have a crystalline embedded element to them. So they are transmitting waves that come in from the outside to these antenna, and that's what they're supposed to do.

So if we think about it at one level, if you're out hunting and even if you're out fishing okay, so let's take the more extreme example. That would be fishing. You got a fishing pole, you got a line. You got a weight on the end of that line with a hook and some kind of a bait, and you put it into an environment that you can't see into, usually, right. The stream further down or out in the ocean or something.

You can't really see below the water. But nonetheless, you ask any fisherman, and they will describe to you the feeling of the bottom of that lake or that area that they're fishing in. They'll describe to you actually, activity that's going on around it as the fisherman no, he's over there. I got to get it over there a little bit. And there you go, right?

And every fisherman, every hunter has had that feeling. You connect with the life on a different level than we would expect out here. But it is proof you could do that here if you decided to open yourself up to it. So it is perfectly sensible that we will pick up stuff. Now, here's our problem.

If you wake up and you're in a military barracks, okay, then you cannot assume that any mood you wake up with is your own. It could be the combined zeitgeist of that barracks as everybody's waking up, because our skulls, to a certain extent, are permeable to these emotional waves that transmit through all of us. So it gets really tricky. For instance, we could be easily tricked. Somebody could probably make a machine to put these kind of thoughts into our head to create a mood before you wake up.

That would be doable. So in my opinion, we can't really accept on the face value these impressions that come to us. We need to analyze, analyze, analyze until we're sure. Maybe I had a terrible night last night and my hormones are all messed up because my digestion is bad, and I wake up thinking it's going to be a bad day. That is different from just ordinary waking up.

And it's like, okay, ominous feeling. What's going on? Right, exactly. Through kind of pulling in all this language and looking at it again, as you mentioned, you weren't looking at language, at its face value. People talking about it was understanding in a lot of ways the energy and the emotions behind that, that represented that.

So you were able to even because I remember this guy was talking to said, look, he actually kind of, oddly enough, made a lot of money during 911 because he knew it was coming, because he was following you. He said six months ahead of 911, you said this was going to happen, and he made some moves in the stock market to reflect that. Obviously, he trusted your insight, but that called out. So basically there is this big event, and am I correct to understand the bigger the event, it's like dropping a rock into a pond. A bigger boulder will send bigger ripples, and those ripples will kind of, in a lot of ways, go further back into time.

Right? Okay. All right. Time does not exist past or future. Okay?

So time only exists in the ever present now. So we have to be careful of our language. And I'm not being pedantic, I just want to be very clear about this, but conceptually, you are correct. It's not that it goes back further in time, but rather that you catch it earlier as you are approaching. You sense it.

That makes sense. Yeah. Okay. And so for my work, I use this guy. P-L-U-T-C-H-I-K-I think his name is Plutic.

Okay. He was a sociologist, and he developed this thing called the Wheel of Emotion. And he develops and he creates this wheel structure that has all of the emotions listed in it. Now, he was off, okay. He approached it from a sociological viewpoint.

I inserted a couple of more emotions, and then I put in another ring. And what I did, my genius in this, was to tie the middle of Plutick's Wheel of Emotion to prescient, sayings that humans have, okay, stupid things. Spill some salt. You got to deal with it, okay? Step on a crack, break your mother's back.

All these weird ass sayings from when you're kids, right? A lot of them are actually prescient, and we're struggling to get out this emotion that's coming to us from the future, and we just default to certain language. If you go through and you have the, oh, my palm is itching, I'm going to get some money, right? Or My other palm is itching, somebody's going to come and see me? All of these body tells, like, my ears are burning because someone's talking about it.

Exactly. And there's just phraseology throughout all languages, and it is the same in all the languages, absent the impact of grammar. So the Germans, the Swedes, the people in Uganda, they all say that something is happening in Uganda. It's the earlobes. And you'll see them pulling on their earlobes, and, okay, someone's talking about me, right?

And the Germans have this same thing about scratching the ears. If you're just scratching your ears, someone might say to you, hey, someone's talking about you because of that subconscious kind of a thing. So what I did was to take all those phrases, list them all out in a giant list, and start creating databases of these phrases in various different combinations of them. And then I went through Plucheck's wheel, and for each and all of the emotions, okay? So each and all of the eight primary emotions, you can put them together, and you get combinorics, okay?

Each and every one of the combinorics, anger and angst. So you have anger, but you also have fear, right? And so that goes all the way towards paranoia. So there are these long streams of emotions that come from the culmination of the other emotions, and so it became quite complex. But I have a computer, of course.

And then I had all of these words that described emotions down to an incredible detail. And then I started combining that large language model with the large language model of the phrases, and that was my set. And then I went looking for those phrases appearing in the language, and I was able to apply timing to them. Some of these things are instant, some take a while. So I came up with immediacy language, short term language, long term language.

Now, it was curious. At the time I started all this work, of course, we were digitizing everything. The Internet was new, right? And so the Internet in the early days of my work here was dominated by long term language, as people like myself were paid money to basically digitize everything and dump it on for governments and for libraries, books, all of this kind of stuff. So all through the early 2000s, we were in this digitizing boom that dominated with long term language.

At the time, I was aware that that was going on, but not on its impact on my work. Thus, a lot of the stuff I got in the early 90s in terms of language coming out of the internet, bear in mind there weren't as many people on it at that point. It was totally uncensored. So everything was just very prescient. There was all kinds of stuff going on, but because we were doing long term language, we got forecasts that were 18 plus years out, and we're living in that 18th year now.

Okay, this all makes sense, but it only makes sense from hindsight having seen it, because in the midst of the digitization of all the long term data, I thought it was just the nature of the Internet that we didn't have a lot of the Immediacy data, right, the slang. So we have different emotional impacts on and we express it differently based on the presence that's going to occur. So imagine a situation where we're going to describe a car being taken away from a guy, okay, and he's going to lose his car in an emotional interaction, and he can say it in basically in three ways. I mean, there's dozens of various gradients in between, but there's basically three ways. And you can say, she jacked my ride.

Okay?

So that would be Immediacy language. The midterm language would be like, she took my car in the divorce. And then the long term way of saying that would be like the court or some authority being mentioned, a judge or whatever gave her my car, meaning that the action of it was removed from her. Jacking it as opposed to the more medium action of it being sort of in between the emotions of the two of them as opposed to a third party. Makes sense.

It does, yes. Okay, so you can see phrases, you can look through people's conversations and get this feeling, are they talking about Immediacy? Are they talking about something midterm? And Immediacy was like three days out to three weeks. Okay.

And then the error range is always the same size. So we had a three week error range. So ultimately it could actually show up six weeks out because frequently there were these outliers that would do just that. Midterm was from the end of the third week out to about the 19th month. Okay?

But most of the action was in that first six months and then long term was 19 months out. Infinity, it was a rigor, it was a discipline. I had metrics to it all. And I just went through looking through all the language and it sort of worked out and it's interesting. So where we're at right now, and this is what I appreciate, and I've listened to you and I'll make sure to put your links to your bitchute and your substac in the description for the show so folks can follow you as well.

But I think that a lot of people, when COVID hit their entire world went upside down and it woke a lot of people up. They realized, wow, it's like what you said, x, Y and Z is what forms the stability of our reality. And so X and Y, which is to say the trust in the government, trust in the big medical institutions, trust in media, whatever, all at once, all of these things just got shattered. And for a lot of people, a lot of folks I talk to when I travel and speak and I ask people, I say, so what was your moment that really kind of shook you and woke you up? And most people say it was the beginning of the pandemic.

But if we look at where we're at right now and it seems like that they're still trying to figure, okay, how do we get back to normal again? How do we get back to how things were in 2010? And whereas from my perspective, it's like everything is changing. We will never live that way again. And I don't want to live that way again.

I don't want to live in the illusion where Hollywood and the corporations are all being run by the evil globalists and Satanists. And I don't want to enter back into that. I want to enter into a world where the people see through all that and they fall and we overcome it. And so as we're looking at what's happening with the banks and really where we're headed next, a lot of the mainstream perspectives like, oh, maybe it's going to be a recession or a few banks might fail and then the government's going to step in, right? Whereas I'm like, for me, it's like I've got sirens going off saying, okay, the dollar is going to collapse, governments are going to collapse.

And I don't want to be a fear monger. I want to be really realistic. And so for you, because you've seen this coming for quite some time, help us understand where we're at on that timeline. Where are we at in history? And what does the next say two to three years look like from your perspective?

Okay, so in our history, we're approaching a point that has never existed before, all right? So this is going to be different. So we could map our coming economic woe to any previous depression, any previous recession, and it would only be marginally adequate as a map because we've never gone through this before. So as a humanity, we've had many currency crashes. Actually, we've had repeated currency crashes here in the United States, right, as they took us off the gold standard, as they eventually withdrew silver and gold from money and all of this kind of stuff, right?

And we've had the crash of the sovereign British pound, the silver backed pound. The British had all of this kind of stuff. They've all crashed, but they've all done so within relative isolation. Yes, we've had ripples from the crashes here in the United states, but it has never been basically a pan global event. Now it's going to be about one third of the planet is going to go through this with us, right, which is the collapse of the firm, the Federal Reserve note, because what's going to happen is that will die and we will have a dollar revealed to us.

I think we're at peak government. I think we've passed peak government, and we're going down to the point where we will throw away a lot of what we've had as government. And this is going to be a very necessarily messy period of time for many years. So I would expect that we'll still be dealing with hardcore remnant antifa in a few years unless we go to this extreme level that impacts everybody. And we seem to be shading that way now.

So we could imagine a situation where things limped along with a limped along government like that we've got now and that they cheat again and get in again, right? Everybody knows they're selected, they're put there by the WEF and they still do their deal. But gradually it's just wearing down, grinding down the way that East Germany did, as opposed in its collapse, as opposed and even to a certain extent, the Soviet system was a situation. It was hollowed out from the inside by currency manipulation that came from the outside. But nonetheless, there was a generalized degradation of everything functioning that took over in the last 25 years of the 72 years of the Soviet experiment.

And so it was just degrading as ours is. So what's going to happen, in my opinion, is that we're at a point in time where we will go through several rough years as the fern disappears. And it won't disappear and just die and not be there. It'll be like Confederate money which traded for some months after there was officially no longer any kind of a Confederate government. So I suspect we'll still be dealing in dollars at some point.

I think a lot of the digital dollars will simply disappear and that will be very horrific for people. Folks, I've got a quick message for you. As you'll see this in this discussion that we're having, the times ahead could be rough. It's what he calls the big ugly. And look, I have to agree, there's a few ways that we really need to solidify and stabilize ourselves to make sure that when things get kind of tough, we've got what it needs to get through.

One of those things is protecting our finances. Look, as you see with cliffhigh and not just him, but a lot of other people, we're at the end of the age of the dollar. We're at the end of this fiat currency system. It's on life support. And if you have a lot of your assets sitting somewhere in the US dollar, you might want to reconsider what you're going to do with that money.

For one. As you will talk about later in the interview, moving those assets into tangible items food, ammunition, seeds, et cetera, are very, very important. But the other is actually parking that money into physical gold and silver. Because amidst the collapse of a currency, even the collapse of an empire, it's gold and silver which can really help people sustain and emerge on the other side of that and get through that and actually have not just your wealth preserved, but in a lot of ways have your wealth multiplied. It's like someone I was listening to recently talking about how in Venezuela, during the collapse of that country, you could have a wheelbarrow of cash and not be able to buy a loaf of bread, yet a single ounce of silver will actually pay for a family's food and supplies for the whole month.

That's what happened when this inversion happens. So to check this out, folks, if you're looking for something, you need someone that you can trust to buy your gold and silver or even do an IRA or 401K transfer with no penalties or fees, I would highly recommend Dr. Kirk. Elliot Kirk is a good friend of mine. He's a strong Christian.

He's a patriot. He cares about this country, and he and his team really understand the precious metals market. So to learn more about this and get a free consultation from someone on his team, go to goldwithseth.com or you can call 720-3053 900. Again, that's goldwithseth.com. Or call 720-6053 900.

I think a lot of the digital dollars will simply disappear, and that will be very horrific for people. Meaning like, what's in your bank account, et cetera, right? When you log on somewhere and it says, oh, you've got $400,000 in your IRA, that that's the stuff that just kind of evaporates overnight, right? Is that what you're you're saying? Well, there's there's a couple of levels of evaporation of it, all right?

So they may well still have those digits. But what if we get into the period where it actually is hyperinflation? So right now we've got inflation that is taking away from you between eight and 40% of your purchasing power annually, depending on where you're measuring it from, right? And if you measure it against energy, it's much closer to the 40%. Gas prices going up, electricity, all of these kind of things.

And we're approaching a point of scarcity that's really going to impact us. So we could see that the money could still be there in a digital fashion. But if we get into the hyper part where people know this is happening, and so they get their paycheck and say they're a schoolteacher and they get their paycheck, and they try and spend it in that first half of that day to get whatever purchasing power may be in that paycheck, right? So the behavior of the humans on Moss changes that's hyperinflation. If we go that route, then we can see that they might still have the digits in the bank account saying that they've got the 400,000, but that that 400,000 might be like in Weimy or Germany where you could maybe get a latte but they wouldn't put a sprinkle on top.

Right? So either way, whether the digits disappear or it has no purchasing power, we're headed to the point where it has no purchasing power and this is what we have to deal with, I suspect. Okay? So I know factually, certainly, that there are people that have been planning for this and they have various different approaches to this. Okay?

In fact, my data started picking something up in the year well, right there with the 911 very first run we ever did or when I did this and I started collecting the data in 1994, it took me three years to build up the mass and write all the code and start getting into it. So by 97, I had a data mass that I went through that ultimately yielded because I had to form the basis against which I could examine new language. And so that was like my large language model. And then the incoming stuff was the dailies that I would do sweeping on and that's what led to the 911 forecast which I put out on like June 11 of that year, something like that, right? And I said it would happen within the next 85 days and it did.

My numbers were flipped in my algorithm, so I thought it would happen closer to June as opposed to closer to September, right? And so I shipped it. But if I just went back after it happened, I went back and corrected it, boom, it lined up just perfect. So anyway, though our future uncertain and horrific as potential that we can see now is not without individuals that have also seen this that have taken corrective steps, right? And I term this the self organizing collective.

And maybe I'm bad shit crazy, maybe I'm just seeing stuff that isn't there. But I am seeing patterns that suggest that there are people that are doing things as they may. And I actually think that those things that they are doing are coordinated, planned, not just organic, although there is some of that, right, but there are planned elements that are going forward. So for instance, a very key one is that we were on a track where they were going to withdraw through the 50s, which they did all the silver out of circulation and all the gold out of circulation to get us to a central bank, digital currency. And the target was a lot earlier than we're facing now, right?

And somebody came along and threw a big monkey wrench in their plans because the plans were that the Federal Reserve was going to take the gold in Fort Knox and use it and basically spend it out. Okay? But in 1963, in November, the evil ones here shot Kennedy had kennedy assassinated the deep state. And by early 1964, an act was put in that that in that act allowed americans to have gold certificates, private gold certificate ownership. From that point on, all the gold was encumbered.

And so they couldn't do that because it was acting as insurance on all these certificates, which they've ballooned up over time and done all this other stuff too. But nonetheless, it's my thinking that that one act in 1964 which in the gold certificate part of it, that tied it to Fort Knox, is way down in the implementation details. I think that was done deliberately to keep the gold here because somebody knew what they were attempting to do. And you see these things happen all the time. Boy, that worked out for them.

But hey, not really because of right? And so everything they do is unraveling around them because I think people know they're going to be doing it, they're watching it, and they're there to make sure that it unravels. So in that sense, I'm seeing a pattern that says that it's going to be horrific, it's going to be terrible for us, but it is not without some level of mitigation being done, at least a large aspect of our society. So the self organizing collective has some power and is able to motivate people and get things done such that it's not quite as bad as it would have been. My chief example of that is operation warp speed.

So I actually saw it and I should have saved it. Well, I wouldn't have done any good. That computer died. But I saw a video that was sent to me of Falky's chief of staff at a world economic forum meeting in 2016, bragging about having put the spiked protein onto a coronavirus shell. He bragged about it.

We did it. We did it. It took us five years. We did it. We did it.

At the time I saw that video was meaningless to me, right? Because this was like maybe it was early 2019, it's like, okay, I don't care. And then now, of course, it's very meaningful indeed.

So people are aware of the things that are being done and there is a countering going on. And we're in the process of going through this giant unrestricted warfare at a level that will only be able to be comprehended after it's done. Reading all of the history books where everybody compiles it, it is so complex and so vast and to a certain extent we're fighting a war that goes back to 1280 Ad. 1280 Ad was when the Russians attacked the Khazarians to try and eliminate the problem that the Khazarians had created for the Russians. And people just don't give credence to the idea that this war has been going on that long.

And we're hopefully in the last few years of it, it's going to be funny, guy. It's going to be really strange. Our projections are for a rough three years, and then actually, I think it'll pick up for us emotionally in 2024. I think we'll have some positive physical manifestations to keep us positive that there will be stuff that will be done, but it's not going to be ubiquitous. Right.

So it's going to be a long, hard progress here because our society has been invaded. About at least 18 or 20% of the social order has been really screwed up in their minds by the way in which this invasion occurred. This weaponized munchausen by proxy. And we have to deal with that. We have to as a social order, we've got to deal with these individuals.

We've got to provide them what comfort and care and correction we may do. So and so going back to what you just said about the Fern, you know, Federal Reserve, note that we're at the end of that system and kind of looking ahead, that right now is just kind of the beginnings of what's happened with the banks. And I actually just saw this morning that the Deutsche Bank, right, which I know that you were talking about months ago, saying, watch the German banks. Right now they're saying the Deutsche Bank, which is German's number one largest bank, which I think has close to a trillion, maybe $700 billion in depository, whatever money it's managing, which would be absolutely significant. So you think that over the next couple of months, we're going to see this contagion really hit basically, the collapse of the kind of debt based fiat currency known as the US.

Dollar, which has become the world reserve currency, which has infected every part of the world that will fall, and it's going to pull down all kinds of structures with it. That's correct. We're at a point where the Federal Reserve is actually battling against the European banks to try and save itself. As it does so, the European banks are taking a huge hit. Deutsche bank, particularly in derivatives, okay?

Deutsche bank was the main conduit for derivatives throughout Europe. And so when the derivative monster dies, deutsche bank will die with it. So if they've got let's just say that they had 10 trillion in deposits, it's probably only a small fraction of the derivatives that they're on the book for. And so they sold derivatives up into Norway. They sold them into Finland.

They sold them into Russia. So derivatives are weird. 2nd, 3rd, fourth, and fifth hand bets on circumstances. And they sold these to unwitting, unsophisticated people that were like city councils in a small village. Oh, put all your retirement into this derivative.

We'll give you this amount of return over this amount of years. Right? And, oh, that looks great to us. And it's backed by but of course, it's not backed by anything. And so the derivative layer is far larger than if we were to look at it.

We've got derivatives on top of everything. Then we've got bonds underneath that. Then we've got inter, bank interconnections in terms of their loaning to each other for liquidity. And then all the way down at the bottom of the banking system is cash in terms of volume. And so there's very little cash in circulation.

And this is actually coming back to bite the Federal Reserve in the butt. And they're in a position where they really need to kick cash up because they're doing overnight repos to try and stabilize the banking system where they buy your debt and give you supposed digits. But the problem is those digits at the banking level are now trying to go out into cash as fast as they can as people start tumbling to what's going on, right? And so I'm a regular human, so I'm paranoid about my local bank now that Yellen says it won't survive. So I'm trying to drain down all of my assets out of that bank.

It's not good for the bank. And I know this. I know it's going to cooperate with everybody else and kill that bank. But as an individual, I've got to save my life's work that's been stored in digits, right? So I'm trapped like everybody else.

The Fern. Okay, so I'm of the opinion that the Fern is going to die and it'll be replaced by a treasury dollar. How long that takes to happen, I don't know. But the staggering thing here was that back in 2000, I got these data sets that were just quite insistent that we would see $600 an ounce silver. And it's like, oh, that's staggering, right?

Everybody says, oh, you're crazy, and I've been getting this you're crazy stuff for 20 plus years. But now we're at a point where as soon as the Silver Manipulation breaks, as soon as they're no longer able to control that and it goes seeking a price, it will go through $600 just screaming as it goes. Towards 10 00, 20 00 30 00 and it may well hit parity with gold, which was something else that my data sets had suggested. Now, this was back in the year 2000. We had some initial solar industry and stuff going, but we didn't have electric vehicles.

We didn't have any of the chip production the way we do now. And all of this stuff requires silver in vast quantities. And so there was no way that I knew then in the year 2000 we would be heading towards a functional silver shortage. So we're getting to that point where there's now actually enough silver demand that it's starting to impact on the ability to use silver as an industrial metal both in price and availability. All of this stuff with the Fern is going to change our world.

It's not just going to be in the nature of, oh, you can't go and buy a coffee for under $40, okay? It's not just that. It's that the death of the Fern means China isn't going to want to send ships full of stuff to us, right? No more cheap shit from China. It means that your energy costs are going to go through the roof.

It means that we're going to have to do everything here, which means there's going to be a couple of generations that are going to have to do hard work and they don't know how to do it. We have to build factories. We've got to start digging mines, we've got to invent new oil drilling techniques and so on. The good news is we've got all the resources here to do that we can recover and go on to be extremely successful in a relatively short period of time once we get the invading Waconians off our back, right? Once we get this weaponized munchausen by proxy out of our heads and start looking at reality as it is, we should be able to move fairly quickly because we have a lot of resources and we got a lot of smarts.

There's a couple of things we don't have. And so we're going to have to retool. So we're going to have to redo all of our manufacturing tools and equipment right there's. This also affects the war. Okay?

So we're in fifth generation unrestricted warfare. The unrestricted warfare began in the late 70s when the CCP decided they were going to destroy the American social order and they started invading us, all right? They invaded us through our schools first and then our other institutions. And then eventually they got hooked up with the WEF and they started buying politicians and putting them into place and so on, right? And so we've been infiltrated since at least the late 1970s.

I can find in Chinese Communist Party literature from 1970, 819, 79 discussions about how they will implement the invasion of the United States. And that was at that point that we start hearing the term unrestricted warfare, such as flooding us with fentanyl. So last year, in the last year, they've killed more Americans than died in the entire 18 years of Vietnam, and they did it with fentanyl. This is horrific. This is an assault.

They've poisoned our water, they're buying our farmland, and they've subsumed our system. They're gaming our system against us. So in my state here, we've got a bunch of the Communists that have taken over. We've been conquered by the Democrats for 40 plus years. The Democrats themselves in this state have been subsumed by socialists and communists for 40 plus years.

And we have them doing the faint activities. So they passed a weapons ban for assault rifles here, which has nothing to do with anything they ever say about it. It only has to do with protecting us from the politicians and the invading Chinese, right? That's why we have the Second Amendment, so we can shoot the bastards when they invade or when they get uppity and try and infiltrate and take us over. But what they do is they pass the law knowing it'll take a certain amount of time to undo.

And in the meantime, they try and game the system and do everything they can while that law is in a limbo state. So it's interesting now with Chat GPT, you can go and ask it. If you phrase it right, you can ask it, how long does it take on average to defeat an item repugnant to the Constitution that is attacking the Second Amendment? And Chat GPT will run this little thing and say, well, in the last 20 years, it averages out to 1.86 years before it's overthrown in a court somewhere. So you can find these things out, which you take these facts and you feed it back to these people, and it knocks the morale right out of them, right?

If they're thinking they're going to get five, maybe ten years of law activity out of this so we can fight against them, and we're doing so here in Washington State, but we're going to have to get rid of all of them and get ourselves right with reality before we can proceed.

All right? So I like to fight. So I'm really an American that way, right? Americans like to fight. I like to fight.

This is a good fight. This is probably the best ever fight. I wanted to have a fight when this life came along, and so I'm very pleased that we're into it now, because I shall not lose, right? I'm not going to lose this fight. And so with that attitude, it's going to be an amazing planet after we're done, because we're going to throw away all of that stuff going back even before Einstein.

We're going to get rid of the E equals MC squared crap, get a good view on reality, and I'm going to get flying RVs here, right, and be able I mean, it's stupid, right? I just want an RV to be able to go and do fishing. And I got friends in Germany and Switzerland, but I don't want to fly in an airplane. I hate those damn things. I'm just not a big fan of rockets.

Yeah, it's interesting. That's a whole different topic going into hidden technology, forbidden technology, and even some really basic things that you look back, and I think they call it the Trump system. The Trump where they were able to use these underground chambers with water and air to create energy.

It's amazing stuff, but you mentioned unrestricted warfare. And right now, actually, just this morning, I was watching a news segment where they're seeing an unprecedented number of Chinese nationals coming across our southern border, and they're basically illegally coming in. But if you watch the videos of them, you will not see a single woman, child or elderly person. They're all middle aged men, right. And so if we go back, they're all trained.

Exactly. These are soldiers. You can look at it's. Fifth Column, right? Yeah.

They're actually coming over from the northern border, too. Yeah. Up in Canada. Nobody's aware of that. We've got them coming in from Canada, and in fact, when they come in from Canada, they come in in buses.

Okay. So they shut it down in COVID. But there were rumors of Chinese troops training in British Columbia up here, the province north of Washington State. Right. For maybe two years before COVID And we had lots of videos of these guys, military people, camouflage training, live ammo, the whole deal, all Chinese.

And they made various different the Canadian government put out a bunch of disinfo to try and get rid of it. But I've got friends of mine that are up in Blaine and up in some of these border areas where I don't know why it works out this way, where they're coming from, but these buses will refuel once they come over the border. And I'm quite certain he's factual because of where he's at and what he does and stuff, but he has seen a number of these buses absolutely packed with all Chinese, including Chinese drivers. And one guy that was a Chinese driver that didn't know what he was doing on the fueling. So he hadn't been in country very long.

So it makes one wonder, right. Makes one buy more ammo. Yeah. I just ordered a few thousand rounds this past week. I was stacking it up this morning.

So one thing that I want to also talk to you about is Central Bank digital currency, because I've studied China for quite some time in the CCP specifically. I know their social credit system very well in the surveillance state. And I believe that's the greatest threat if they get that into place. And I think there's a lot of reasons why. I think I don't think they will.

But I wanted to talk to you. If I take a step back and I look at where we're at in the life cycle of the Federal Reserve, note the collapse of that currency. The west, the Communists, I think they have access to a lot more than we do. They know the cycles. They know what's coming.

And the great reset, I don't believe the great reset is something that they planned. It's more so that they're trying to capture the momentum of a collapsing system with their plans and then seize control amidst that. That's how I kind of look at it. They know things are collapsing. I would agree.

So their great reset is just, okay, how can we take control of it? It's not like they're causing all of it. They're just trying to take control of the building that's collapsing and then put it into something that they have control. Rollover and so with the collapse of the US dollar, which will cascade into a lot of other currencies, especially the European currencies, I believe their plan is to then come in and say, oh, look, it's a failed Fiat system. We knew it had a life cycle.

So we're going to replace it with this central bank digital currency, and along with that comes the credit score and the vaccine, digital passport, absolute control. Because the BIS says absolute control. It gives us fourth expression of money. Yes, is what they call it. Do you think that that's going to succeed?

I'll let you go now. Okay, so you're correct about all of this, except I would disagree that they don't have any control over it collapsing. So they thought it was going to collapse at 2030. For their own reasons, they're trying to do it now. They're accelerating it now.

So they were sort of like a catcher. They're ready to catch the ball, but now they sort of ran forward to try and catch it further and to do something more. Okay. No, I don't believe it'll succeed. And one of the interesting things was in the first, probably three years or four years of running, my data in the year, starting in the year 2000 kept coming up with all kinds of money stuff.

So in 2000, I knew that there was going to be a new kind of money that was going to be invented and it would show up sometime after 2005. And this was the cryptos, okay, that appeared in 2008, and it kept warning us during that period of time. I kept getting data sets that said, well, the dollar is going to crash and the powers that be are going to offer us three replacements, and they're going to offer a replacement and we're going to reject it. And then they're going to quickly come up with another replacement that's sort of like the first one, and we're going to reject that one, and then they're going to offer us a third one in the midst of the final battles of a great war, and everybody's just going to get out of here. We're not even going to look at it.

Right.

In the year 2000, it was talking about the digital currency coming out, and it made no sense to read that language because we didn't have any of the concepts that would have allowed us to. I mean, we didn't have well, we had ATMs and stuff, but we didn't have the ubiquitous nature of cards and everything the way we do. So your program in 2000 was predicting the emergence of digital currency in the coming decade or two, before even the whole concept of digital currency was even there. Correct. Okay, so here's the thing.

In order for my system to work, I had to go through dictionary, and I had to define to words, and I did it as automated as I could. I had to provide to words an association of where they were in the timing of everything immediacy, long term, et cetera. Right. But I also had to tie them into all these emotions, so I had to go through all of this stuff. So it was very tedious and so I started working on it in 94, and I was still working on it in 2008.

It took that long to go through dictionary, and then I was able to transfer it to other languages relatively easily. Right. There was some stuff you'd have to go through because the emotional components of some words in German are not the same as that same word in English. Right. Anyway, though.

So in doing so, in going through all of the language there in the 2000 and 911 forecast, I hadn't gotten up to the point where I was in the t's because I started at A and started working my way up towards Z, right. So I didn't have terrorism listed there. And so the data sets came back to me. My large language model, very much like chat GPT, gets things. It tries to make this linkage and it just presents it to you.

And it presented to me that there was going to be an event that was going to come up, and like I said, it showed it within the next 85 days. And this event would involve a military accident, 911, the airplanes, right? The supposed airplane that hit the pentagon, a military accident because it was an attack, but we didn't have terrorism defined. I hadn't got anywhere near the t's. I'd just gotten into the M's, and that was the best the language could do.

That was the same kind of thing I ran into with the descriptions for all of the current set of digital crud we're going through now. None of the concepts existed at the time that the large language model was trying to provide me with the links that I could interpret to describe those contexts. So I knew we were going to have three new money systems. I knew they were going to be digital. I had all kinds of details about what this might involve, but none of it made any sense at all.

And at that point in the processing, I was cautious. And so I threw away a lot of stuff as being, oh, I've got an algorithm off somewhere, it's bringing in this stuff it shouldn't, or whatever, right? So that it was not necessarily seen as pertinent. So even in the year 2000, I probably could have come up if I'd really examined it with the central bank digital currency as a label. But I just put it down as three new systems.

And their big push on the first new system was going to take us a few months to get rid of. And then the second system would go in maybe a month and a half, and then the last system they offer would be gone the same day that they proffered. It just total rejection, right? And so that's sort of our future relative to that. But in the midst of all of this, of course we're going to get our $600 an ounce silver and all of the other.

Screaming precious metals prices. And at that point, too, in the data sets, even before we had satoshi's white paper. So 2005, maybe I'd have to go and look at some of my notes somewhere in there. 2005 to 2007, before the financial crisis, there was a suggestion that there was going to be a people's money, that we were going to have a new money. And I thought it was probably something off of gold.

Just, of course, because I'm trying to match it against my own experience. And we didn't have the white paper, and we didn't have the concept of and I knew all about double spend. You just couldn't do anything with digital money because you could always spend it more than once. And satoshi's paper solved that anyway.

But the data sets were telling us that we were going to have a new form of people's money. Now, I tracked that people's money long enough through the acquisition of data for all those years to be able to tie it to cryptos. And so I got into bitcoin very early, all right? It was difficult to get bitcoin when it was $0.10 each because there was no markets, there were no extensions or no exchanges or any of this. It had to be on a personal level.

But that's when I got in, right? I knew about bitcoin before it even hit one penny. And I was watching it because I thought, maybe this is our people's money. There was something in those data sets, though, that appeared, let's see, that would have been maybe it was 2009 or 2010. And so we're just getting into bitcoin.

It was barely a concept had just started to be implemented, and I was getting data sets saying that this people's money would be used for it would be so valuable that it would be used for international settlements to save the cost of moving vast quantities of gold back and forth. And that at some point, the individual units, we didn't even know what to call them at that point, right, of the people's money would be worth more than a million dollars each, much more, because it would be used for international settlements. It would be so valuable that countries where the governments didn't get into it, they would go to the citizens and try and make deals to buy these whatevers. Again, I didn't know it was bitcoin at that point from the citizens in order to be able to do international trade effectively. And so it's like, wow, I got to get me one of those.

I want some of these things. And then along came bitcoin, and it met all the criteria. And so I started getting into bitcoin at that stage. So it's been an interesting ride. I mean, for me personally, I've had validation after validation after validation that the data sets are indeed accurate.

And it's a terrible validation as well, because if you think about the nature of my technology here, you could apply that. And I did once I applied it to an individual. Okay. So I was in some financial straits because of the costs. I had not anticipated the electrical costs and everything.

On my first big run, I was down in the hole, a few thousands of dollars on this, hadn't made any money off of this thing and this sort of thing. And this guy came to my rescue and I agreed to do a private run for him on a person. I'd never done one on a person. I'd done it for companies at that stage, just doing a big data model to get their rep online, that sort of thing, for their PR departments or for their research departments. And that's really where I thought I was hitting with this, was just as a large language model, very much like Chat GPT, only focused on me doing the work.

Right. Anyway, though. So this guy bails me out, I agree to do the run and I'm into the run just a few days and I get some really terrible news. And so I tell him that you got some terrible news here, something's coming up. And then a week later, his wife was killed in a bomb attack that was meant for him in India.

Okay? So I knew it was coming. I was still working on it. And of course at that point I abandoned it and I've never done one since. Because had I been able to do that, could I have saved her?

Probably not. That's not really the way that things work, right? I don't think I'm hoping anyway. But it is that powerful that you could do that. And so that part of the program.

And everything I destroyed after that totally destroyed all the code that would allow you to modify this for an individual. There were a few non obvious things that had to be done and I'm hoping that they'll always remain a secret. But it is that powerful as well. But it's not going to do it for the guy down the block that works at Safeway. The only reason that this works is that you have this high enough presence that people are talking about you and these words get combined around you.

So you can do it very easily with Bill Gates, but hey, all of us know what his future is, so no need to go to the trouble. But somebody like yourself, you could do it at that level if you have that that presence. But I don't think anybody really wants to know. No, I certainly don't.

And there's been all kinds of different Sci-Fi writers and TV shows and movies that explored the concept of this. And it almost always ends bad knowing the future. But one thing that you see that we're entering into this what you call the big ugly, right? And I also agree, but I look at it almost in a way, and this is where I think that I differ. And I think that your perspective differs also from people like I've interviewed Martin Armstrong as an example, or Charles Ninder, people that are the big economic cycles, guys, and they're saying that we're at the end of the empire and it's really bad and it's bleak.

Right. Whereas what I've gotten from you and also my perspective is that well, no, right now it's like our society is a body that has cancer, like, really deeply into it, and we're going through the process of removing that. And that's why it's the big ugly, that's why it sucks. And there's a lot of difficulty. But then on the other side, once we detox from that which is in the body, that there's some sort of future for us that is a world that's not within the bounds of this Plato's cave.

Realistically, we're escaping Plato's cave that we've been in for generations and generations, generations we haven't known. True science, true history, anything. It's all been kept from us. But the gatekeepers of all those secrets are now the ones that are on the edge of losing control. So what are you what are your thoughts about that?

So so I agree with you with your impression of Netter and Armstrong. They do indeed project that. And so I've and I agree with you that their perception is accurate, you know, that it's doom and gloom and terrible and all of this, but only if you have an emotional attachment to the old empire. Exactly. Which the more you learn about the old empire for me, the easier it is to, like, go, I don't want to go back to being indoctrinated in schools and run by Big Pharma and stolen elections.

I want to go somewhere without that. Right. Look how bad our lives are. Right? And that all comes from this end of the dollar stuff.

So personally, when you detox there's that what do they call that? The Hersheimer reaction. Yeah, we're going to go through some really nasty stuff, but we've got to get all this stuff out of the body politic, including the bad food, including the chemtrails, including the bad water we got to go through. And anybody that puts fluoride in water should be hauled up and put on charges and go to jail. That kind of thing.

Right. We need to have a realistic appraisal of who we are, what we are, and how to deal with this on a realistic basis. So I'm all for optimism at this particular point because I've lived all my childhood life inside the military industrial complex as an army brat at a very high level with the shit my dad got into all over the planet seeing this stuff. So I saw the system and knew that it had to die. It was not a good thing that the military ran this way.

I understood why they had to, et cetera. But you get to see all of the stupidity of the money allocations and that kind of thing, right? And as a kid. So I'm with you on that. It's good that this will die.

I don't think of it as a cancer, though. We've been invaded, we've got all these problems, we've got mental illness and all of that. It's more like a parasite, right? Well, no, I see, I don't even think of it as an affliction that way. I think of it as a rite of passage in your life, likely.

You never faced death in your teens, okay? So you never had a rite of passage. Men used to do that and many men did not survive because it is necessary that you face that. At that time, we used to have war as a rite of passage. You would send a young man off to Vietnam and you would not get a young man back even if he was there for a very short period of time.

Right. It was what you saw that altered you and made you different. But that rite of passage was valuable because it made you the man that you became later on. And so we are not ourselves without our wounds, without having been wounded. You don't know how to heal and grow.

And so our body politic, in my opinion, it doesn't have a disease so much as it has been wounded, has been assaulted, and we need to heal. But when we heal, you always have that scar to remind you, don't be a dumb son of a bitch again. Right? And so that's what I think our body politic is going through, that we're going through a healing phase. And we've got a lot of wounded individuals, many of whom will not survive these next few years because they're deep into the old empire, right?

And they can't see any way to exist without it. So they will figure out some way to not exist without it because it is definitely going. That shrillness that you hear out of all of those minds, the trans, the other people, the far lefties, the progressives communist antifa, that shrillness and shrieking is basically their death agony because their minds are in rebellion to the changes that they feel coming to them. I see this in the language constantly now that Twitter has been opened up, right? And you see the reaction to the fragility of the people reacting to other people just stating it's a woman, or yeah, it's a guy, dude, and they go totally batshit.

These are minds that can't deal with our reality, and our reality is going to get really ugly in a real fast period of time, just months, and it's already started. Deutsche bank, they'll bail it out, but even then it's just yet another Band Aid, yet another limping, and we get three or four of them going down in a single day. There may not be bailouts at that point, and then it's really good at Cascade. I think that's may I think we're only weeks away from that. And as it comes on up, then we hit this real wall.

And that is what's the federal government going to do. This massive spend, everything spending beyond our understanding because they don't tell us half of what they're actually spending and they're not going to have it. There's going to be a very serious element of rapidity in the events from May through July and August because some of these agencies work on a month by month basis, right? Some of them are quarterly, some of them are a little bit longer than that, six months biannually and so on. But we're going to start seeing a cascading effect hitting government in May without funding.

And it's going to be really strange. We're already seeing it in some areas where there were contracts for we have in our county, we have these guys to get the prisoners out of the jails. They make them clean up along the road if they want, right? Get you out, you walk around and so on. Well, the vans that do that are on a contract for the gasoline.

Very soon the gasoline will exceed what the contract was written for, so they won't be able to do that. That'll also affect school buses and transportation and all of these different kinds of effects are going to spread as the currency becomes that much more degraded. And then we're going to have to play catch up. So what will the governments do when the cost of fuel is twice what is maximally allowed on the contract and they don't have the ability to kick it out another month? They're just not going to buy fuel and that stuff just won't get done.

And I think that starts in May and June and July. And so it's almost like all the gears that have been oiled through this fiat currency, realistically, that oil runs out and everything just comes to a screeching halt. And what's interesting that to kind of look at that, take a step back and it's like, well, what comes to the screeching heart? Well, by and large, it's the parasitic class. It's the giant bureaucracy, the government, all of the people on these massive pensions and salaries and unions that it's a lot of this really, I think a lot of the communist kind of foundation items and kind of going back into the other pre communists.

It's this really corrupt part of our society that in a lot of ways is the first to go. It's like they've used their corrupt banking system to fuel all of their corrupt systems that are used to maintain their control over the populace. And so when their banking system, it's like that's, their fuel runs out, all of their machines or the oil, everything just stops working. It grinds down, starts seizing up. Right?

And bribery works that way as well. Exactly. Okay, back in like 2003 or 2004, I got really excited. I thought it was only maybe a few years away, not this long, but one of the data sets that was persistent over time, started relating the UFO issue to our economics, and it would bind them. Because basically the idea was that the secret UFO reverse engineering, military industrial complex research facilities with all their scientists and all of this kind of stuff, are going to run out of money in this very first go round.

And we will see scientists in deep bunkers that are used to having money and food and stuff come on out and say, well, now what do I do? And they'll take that little alien thing with them and try and sell it on ebay, that kind of thing. Right. So that we will have these guys coming out and it will be a natural response to their circumstances to try and stay alive, that they'll sell what they know. And then the rest of us will start knowing some of this stuff and that the data was quite clear that the chaos of the time would be in a summer which is very atypical.

Right. So since 2003 or so, it has forecast the end of the dollar system in the summer. All of the wethonians, all of the parasitical class always do their harvests in fall. That's when we around the Jewish holiday, right? Exactly.

We're in a Jewish holiday, but we're in the wrong Jewish holiday at this point for their harvest and their crash. But we're having our crash now and it's going to escalate through summer. It's going to be very atypical and it's going to be a sure sign that they're not in control of this. Right. But anyway, all of this stuff is lining up pretty precisely.

So 2003, I get a data set that said people are going to crawl out of their holes because of desperation and sell us their UFO secrets and that in that same summer we're going to have riots in the United States over food. And this was in 2003. Bbt cards running out. Exactly. Well, even beyond that availability, look at all the food plants that have been destroyed.

They want us to eat bugs. All of this stuff, all of this stuff is coming out now. That was forecast in 2003, but in 2003, I wrote it down and put it in the reports and said, guys, this is what the data is showing. I'm not going to lie to you. I don't know how it could possibly be that people in the United States would riot over not having food, but that they would.

One of those riots was described in some detail as being in an intersection of Delaware. And Maryland and that the food riot would spill over into a government facility where people would break through a back wall, a back fence that was somehow there for construction purposes and go into this building thinking there was food in there and they would find a mob like, angry rioting kind of thing. And they would find vast quantities of paper records about UFOs and stuff that they would be taking pictures of with their phone and dumping online and passing out to people. And this huge unexpected disclosure would occur. And that would happen in July or in August or September, late August or early September.

And damn, look, we're in a year where there could be food riots and where we do have the dollar dying and people could be in the deep holes in May getting their paycheck and it not be there in June. That kind of a thing. Right?

I say one more thing. We know that this is occurring already because the military industrial complex is now having to bitch and moan about Congress, about raising the value on some of these contracts and getting them money sooner. It's starting to grind down now. Yeah, it's almost one way of looking at it is that what we're entering into is we've lived in lies, right? We've lived in Plato's Cave.

But it's like in so many different ways we're entering into this period it really could be described as like a great disclosure of the truth where it is a massive disclosure of the truth that's been hidden from us. And with it, though, falls all the lies. So it's like if you look at the institutions that will grind to a hole, there's your woke college stuff, there's the women's studies. All the things that are built on lies. They can't exist in a world that's not funded by lies and funded by fake money.

So when all that disappears, all those things crumble around us. And I think that we're left with truth and we're left with how we should be living as humans. Okay, so I'm a linguist. I'm a pain in the ass to deal with. So I will object to the word truth, okay?

Because most people don't understand. Truth does not relate to fact. There's fact and then there's truth. If you examine it, really think about it, really, really think about it and examine all these things, you will find that truth, my truth or your truth that is factual that you can have a truth that is different from mine because truth is an emotional response to something out in your environment or something within you. Okay?

So it is factual that XYZ might exist. It is factual that I've got a metal cup here but I don't have any emotional attachment to that metal cup. It's not my truth that this is a fact. Right. So this was the nature of the stuff I had to get into.

I went in much deeper in all of this stuff in that large language model and basically why I ended up working alone. I was driving everybody crazy because I had to go so deep in it. And then I would object because in order for me to keep doing this. I could not allow my thinking to go backwards, so to speak, and be at that higher level where I really hadn't analyzed, because I needed to get down and assign emotional values to all of the words that came in for intensity, for duration, for all of these different kinds of things. And in order to do that, I had to have a clear understanding of at least how I felt because all words go back to emotion.

And then I had to get all kinds of people involved in surreptitiously getting their emotional responses to various different words to make sure that I was doing it correctly. So I do object to the word truth being used where you really want to use the word facts. So we are coming in. We actually are coming into a period of a new truth that everybody will have a new truth about, the new reality that's going to be facing us as we start looking at facts in ways that we've never done before because it has been deliberately obscured from us. And I think this is going to be hugely liberating.

A whole new world is out there for us to invent and create, and we're going to get rid of all of the crap that's been weighing us down. And I'm very excited to still be alive and be able to participate in this, especially these next 20 years. It's just going to be staggering. We got to get through this shitty part of the war these next couple of years. And it's just something you got to do, right?

You got to go in, out, and you got to clean out the septic pit. It's something you know you got to do. So you just grit your teeth and you go do it. And when you're done, you're done. Yeah.

Do I have time for one more question? We've been going well past it. Okay. I'm really enjoying this. So in looking at that, you're also, I think, a very practical person.

And for people that are aware of what's coming, they're aware of we see the hurricane off on the horizon and everyone else is like, oh, there's this nice breeze. It's like, no, it's a hurricane coming. And so we're boarding up our houses. We're doing all those getting water filled up or driving to the middle of America, right? What are some of the things that you are doing or you recommend that people do in terms of whether it relates to food or they've got all their money in the stock market and not necessarily giving financial advice?

But knowing this is coming and you having the inside this, how is it changing what you're doing right now to make sure that you're looking at this, saying, you know what? I'm doing everything possible now to make sure that I make it to the other side of this big, ugly So first thing you have to do is understand that at its core, it all relates to the money at this point in the big, ugly A lot of the Big Ugly is the emotional reality that I got a Jab and oh, my God, it's in me now that I know the truth about it. That's a huge part of the Big Ugly. All the people dying, the disabilities, disabilities, if you look at it, are just off the chart. 1300% increase in reduction of work hours since the shots came out.

So we're in a real world of hurt here, okay? So we know it's going to get ugly. So here's the thing. Money is an intermediate. We have attachment to it.

It's a useful thing, but it's not the thing we actually desire, okay? We desire whatever we can buy with that money. So if you have money now, my advice on everything is to buy the stuff you're going to need in the future, okay? If you buy all the stuff you're going to need in the future that you can possibly store in your little house the way I have, and you've got some money left over, then you can think about storing the purchasing power of that money for the future by buying something that's not dollars or fiat currency, okay? As long as it's not dollars or fiat currency, it's instantly paying you for having it.

So if I bought something right now, if I buy coffee, and it cost me $5 a pound to buy coffee beans now, I'm much better off putting the $5 that way than putting $5 in gold with the expectation of buying the coffee beans later. Because maybe later the coffee beans will have escalated in price because of availability issues, not just because of the money itself. So really it's the things you need now that you should be concentrating on getting. We're going to come up to we've got food issues. So personally, I'm very paranoid.

If I could store a year's worth of food, I would, right? That's just the way it would be for me if I could do that. My way of thinking is you need to store food, get yourself water, get fuel if you need it, maybe make some provisions for electricity. Right. Because I think we're going to go through a period of time when our electrical grid will not be very stable and then start worrying about any excess wealth in the form of putting it into something.

And my recommendations are, in order of potential appreciation would be bitcoin, silver and gold. Okay? So Bitcoin can potentially appreciate against the dollar further than silver will, and silver will appreciate further than gold, but they're all good. You could even buy copper, okay? You could have copper.

Any kind of a solid commodity that could be traded will be valuable in the future. Very helpful. It's funny because I've changed my perspective of this. Like, as I mentioned before, I just bought a couple of thousand rounds of, I think, 308 and nine millimeter just to set aside. And maybe that was $1,000.

Right. And so before I was looking at, okay, I just spent money on that. Whereas now I'm thinking, well, no, all I've done is I've taken that $1,000 of value that's sitting in this fiat currency, I've transferred it into this ammunition, which is still worth $1,000 because it's more of a commodity. It's not going out and bought a painting. That's $1,000.

It's actually worth nothing. Right. But then also in the future, as the supply and demand changes and if there is instability, I'm looking at thinking, okay, if there's instability, people are going to need more ammunition. And then also we have inflation. So maybe in the future, I can trade even, say, 50 of those rounds for the equivalent of what would now I could have bought for $1,000.

Right. So that's how I'm kind of looking at it. I'm looking at how can I it's no longer about how much money do I have sitting in the bank, or what's my total net worth in dollars. It's about, well, or say a five gallon bucket of black beans, dried back black beans. What's that going to be worth?

Right? What are my chicken is going to be worth in the future? Then also, what is the silver going to be worth?

Really? In my opinion, you can only really store a certain amount of metals. Okay. The reason lead, 308, nine millimeter rounds. Sure, no problem, right.

You can store as many of those as you could possibly get hold of. But storing a lot of silver and a lot of gold is sort of self defeating. Because here's the thing. In order to okay, so you can trade it locally, but if you've stored so much that you can't trade that locally and you stored it with the expectation that you would convert it back into a new system and then get something out of it, that may not be the correct way to think about it. Or rather, it might be 20 years before we have a system like that again that would allow that.

Because right now, if you were to, say, buy a million dollars worth of gold and you put it into a vault or even have it shipped to your garage, how are you going to get a million dollars out of that? If you live in a small area, even if you live in a very large area, you'd have to take that million dollars worth of gold and trade it with everybody in your area to get stuff in order to recover the value out of it. So large stashes of metal actually imply that you have some faith in a system existing at the time that you want to convert those back into something of a species for buying. Right. So there's only two possibilities for metals like that, or three, you could just never, ever do anything with.

Them, bury them in the ground and they just sit there. Or you're going to trade them out for stuff locally, or you're going to try and trade them at a higher level to get something that can then be used for local purchases historically. Here's how it worked. In the 1929 through 33 period of time, we had the stock market crash, and then we had the bond crash. The bonds were ever so much more devastating.

They actually put us into the depression, just as we've already started to have the bond crash now. So we're already technically in the depression, but the derivatives are going to come on up and then they're going to put us into something far worse than a depression. And I don't know what we're going to call it, okay? But in 1933 or 19, it was 1930, after the stock market crash, a guy there was a famous picture, probably even still find it, I think it's probably New York times. It shows these two guys with a crowd around them standing around a brand new Bentley, the long flat hood kind of Bentley.

And sitting on the hood of the Bentley, on one side was a guy with a stack of silver coins, 20, 1oz or 23oz of silver. And on the other side was the guy with the title. And so the guy bought the Bentley car that had cost $2,500 in 1929 to bring over from England. He bought that for his stack of 23 silver coins. So that was a trade that existed at that point right now.

So in 1931, my step grandfather left California and came up to Washington state and he mined gold for a couple of years because of great depression, no jobs, all of this, and he knew stuff was coming. By 1934, he goes back down to California with the gold, and he was able to trade the gold that he had mined and bought a mountain, 2500 acres in the hills on top of a mountain in California, which also turned out to have gold on it. Okay? Also in that period of time, there was a $3 million house, $3 million, imagine $3 million house, probably 25, 30,000 sqft brick, all of this kind of stuff. In upstate New York, this $3 million house sold for 125oz of silver at that time.

The guy was so broke and everything, right? So that's what we're going to be doing for trades in the future. So that's the kind of escalation that you can expect in relative value, but you're not going to be able to say, you can't really say at that point that, well, 125oz of silver is worth $3 million. It just is not an effective way to think about it, nor would there be a mechanism to convert that to dollars. It's interesting because I heard recently someone talking about how in Venezuela after their collapse, that an ounce of silver would buy one month's worth of food and rations for a family.

That was something that the currency was completely could put wheelbarrows of a currency to buy one chicken. Yet an ounce of silver would feed and supply a family for a month. So that's another good. And also hearing about back in Germany Weimar Republic after their collapse, people were buying buildings with maybe a gold coin would buy a home or a building interest. Yeah, well, there's a famous one here on the West Coast.

A guy works as a bell hop in a hotel in California years and he gets a tip from a guy from Alaska, $20 gold piece, staggering $20 tip, right. The guy was really flush. So the bellhop puts the money away and then twelve or 15 years later, the bond crash happens. So this has been the early 1920s. Then in 1933, the bond crash happens.

He buys a four story hotel for that single tip. He bought the hotel he worked in for that $20 gold piece and ran it thereafter. Right? So that's the kind of stuff that we're going to be getting into here relative to this crash. Now, ours is going to be a very hard time.

The big ugly is lots of death because there's a lot of people that are dying and disabled from these damn shots. If you believed the numbers that are out there from officialdom maybe 75% of the USA population took at least one of these things, right? I don't know that I believe those, but let's just say that that was reasonably accurate. We could expect then that the 25% that didn't take the shots ten years from now will be living in a very much altered planet, okay? If we don't get invaded by the Chinese to try and take over our lands and stuff, which I actually don't think is feasible because of the nature of China and their army and the fact they don't do logistics well getting all those millions of people across the ocean kind of thing, right?

But in any event, so if we don't go that route, we're still going to have an entirely different North America and also an entirely different Western Republic. All the western republics got hit by this as well.

You can make certain predictions just on how we are now. So we could imagine very accurately that politically the attack by the WEF and the CCP with the bioweapon and the shots and all of this is going to create the hardest toughest of all generations as a result of this over these next 20 years, right. And that we won't be a loose and soft kind of a republic that will be very much more like hadrian's Rome, okay? Which is interesting too, because at that time, a dinaris, what we would call a dime's worth of silver, would feed a man for a week. It would buy you a soldier for a week, pay him a dinars a week.

And so we're going to get back to that level. As I say the big ugly it's going to be horrific. I think there's reason to suspect optimism that it's not as bad as officialdom is going to portray nor is it as bad as they think. I actually have worked for government as a subcontractor for years at state and local levels. And we used to have to aggregate numbers and send them on upchain to the state and they would send them on upchain to the federal government and stuff.

And then you'd hear later, months later, after your work getting all these numbers together, you'd hear these things aggregated in some kind of a federal thing. And you'd say, well, jeez, they're saying that there's 190,000,000 of whatever, some number that they pick up for something. And you say, well, based on my experience, what we did in our county to come up with those numbers was 100% bogus. We were just guessing it was just a wild ass gift as to any of this shit and if we'd actually been called on it we would have been hard pressed to hoax up something to support those numbers. So I don't really believe anything the federal government gets in the way of statistics through those kind of reporting chains because it's not in anybody's interest to provide bad numbers or low numbers or whatever.

So it's always growing and so on. So I don't think it's actually as bad I don't think that 75% actually took the shots. This level of uncertainty also impacts the WEF and our government because you see frequently them betraying I'll just go back to this real quick. It's really interesting with my knowledge of language to listen to government lie because of how much they reveal and how they're lying and what they're lying about. But anyway so I think that they are aware so the overclass is aware of how tenuous their existence is now.

I think they've actually many of them that are smart know they've lost and they're desperate to try and do something over these next year and a half or so to prevent their personal hide from being flayed away from them as we see Macron will macron survive physically? Will he survive another two months? All it's going to take is one confrontation with an angry mob and that overwhelms his security and no more macron because they're that angry and we can envision that that will happen here in the United States as well. In fact, data sets had been forecasting it back in 2002, 2003, about people that would be so angry they would snipe politicians on their way to work, or that people mobs that would be so angry about stuff that they would seize on different groups as being the cause of their problems and go and seek out these different groups. Right.

Sort of in the way we see some black people being told to go and beat up white people basically as their oppressors and stuff. There's going to be this backlash around the shots, and it'll get to the point where we will have activity like direct action. So I won't call it terrorism. I'll call it retribution, perhaps, and that there will be a lot of individuals that will be injured and killed as a result of this, some of them probably innocently, but nonetheless, there's always collateral damage. And that was a big part of the Big Ugly.

It'll hit us in May and June as we get into this, as all of the lies start breaking down and the people that have been tricked really understand what's going on with them and they're going to take it very badly. That was really the big thing that I was trying to warn everybody about with Big Ugly because I don't care much about the money aspect of it, right. I've never been really motivated by money, and it's going to go away and there isn't anything we can do about it. But there are things we can do about trying to calm this down and keep people from being victims of their own actions in the form of retribution coming back. Yeah.

Gosh, there's so much to process here. But I know we're coming up on almost 2 hours and I really appreciate I've got all the time in the world. I could talk to you for days on it, I think, but I appreciate the time that you've given me today and just what you're doing. And again, I encourage folks, I'll put your links for your Bit shoot and your substac in the description because I think that folks should be checking you out and following your work and supporting you in the ways they can. And it's just been such an enjoyable conversation with you.

Look, I legitimately have a lot of hope for the future. I wouldn't want to live in any other time in history, and that's how I really feel. Same here. I've always, throughout history, always looked at all of those places where we've had tumultuous happenings and big changes and stuff and to live in one like this. Another thing, too, by the way, is that astrologically, we're dealing with Pluto now, and Pluto is the great transformer.

It upends everything, it's knowledge, and it's moving into Aquarius and it'll be there for what, I think 1216 years or something starting next year. So everything is aligning, right? Even the stars are aligning with us in this battle going forward, and we're seeing the end of the Piscean Age. So truly, I think fantastically, great times. Fantastically, horrific times.

Well, great expectations. It was the best of times, it was the worst of times. Exactly. Well, thank you again for coming on. Okay, no worries.

Thank you very much. So, folks, I hope that that has left you with some hope for the future. I know it does. For me, it really gives me this urge of wanting to survive and get through this. And in a lot of ways, like, we ended with a level of excitement for where we live.

But I really hope that you're taking the preparation to get through whatever is to come seriously. And there's really two lots of ways, but two big ways I really recommend is making sure that your food and seeds are taken care of and your finances. And look, I know that it's easy to say, well, okay, if you push doom and gloom, it's easy to sell the solutions to the groom and gloom. That's not what this is. I mean, what I'm trying to do to you is I'm telling you how I'm approaching things in my life.

And what I truly believe, I genuinely believe that we're entering into a period where there could be food riots and massive food shortages. So when I say, look, I recommend getting six months or a year or whatever of storable food, it's because I want you to be able to get through that time period and to not be one of the people that is forced to go into a city to search for food or whatever that looks like. And when I talk about gold and silver, I don't want it to be that one day. What happens is you realize you can no longer access your money in your account. Or you say you've got $300,000 in the stock market and it collapses.

Or in a 401k, it just dissipates. Because look back at what happened in Yma Republic. Look at different currency collapses. This is the time that we're in. Whereas as Cliff talked about, and I'm not saying you should be speculative and that you should go buy gold or silver and think, okay, if silver is going to hit $600 an ounce, right, but I don't think you should do that.

But what we talked about there is actually true. I mean, a lot of times when these collapses happen, which they happen all the time in our history, it's the people that have that gold or silver, they can then buy the building or buy the car or buy the food or whatever it is. And I think also we will see, I think, an increase in value in those assets because they have been artificially kept down. The corrupt banking system that part of the ability to manage their unlimited money printing is suppressing the prices of gold and silver. And so once they no longer have control over that system, you're going to see that the prices of gold and silver, I think, will actually go up significantly.

So if you want to check this out, for the gold and silver, I highly recommend Dr. Kirk Elliot. To learn more about that, set up a free wealth consultation. It's goldwithseth.com. So go to goldwithseth.com.

Or you can just call them on the phone. It's 720-3053 900. Again, 720-3053 900. And for your food and seeds, for them, I recommend Heaven's Harvest. They're also amazing Christian patriots that own the company.

I know them personally, and they have got very good, high quality food that's storeable to last up to 25 years. And they've got heirloom seeds that will allow you to grow food year after year, because the heirloom seeds, they'll allow you to reproduce the same food, while all the other modern GMO seeds, they won't let you reproduce again. They won't germinate the next year after so it's heavensharvest.com. And if you use promo code Seth, you'll save 15% on your entire order. That's promo code Seth@heavensharvest.com.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude – 03-18-2023

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude - 03-18-2023

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude - 03-18-2023

I'm John Claude Ebion Mystic, and welcome to this Saturday special report. This is another episode in the bank run and banking failure series. With me today? Of course. Is Mr.

Rafi farber? You can find him on his patreon here at Endgame Investor and also here on Seeking Alpha, as well as on his YouTube channel at Rafi Farbert. Rafi, welcome back to the show. How are you? Thanks for having me, John Claude.

I am good. Glad to be back into the world after my Sabbath. Thank you for being here. I really appreciate your time. And folks, as the poster says, also let's welcome the amazing Cliff High for this in game last round episode here today.

You can find Cliff, of course, on his Bitchute channel here at bitchute. Comcliffe. And you can find all of his work also here on the substat at cliffhigh. Cliff, welcome back to the show. How are you today?

Doing fine. Cold. Cold indeed. And, oh my God, it's about to get really hot. Is it climate change denial to say that it's cold?

Can we say that? Are we laughing? No, that's climate denying. They cut the change word right out of there and they just go right to it. Climate.

Exactly. Okay, folks, just for the rules here for today, as always with this banking run series, we're going to do the first five or ten minutes here on YouTube to kind of set the stage and also abide very politely to all of these rules here on YouTube. And then we're going to switch directly into our Rumble feed. Let me bring the link for you, the audience, here to the Rumble program where we're going to have this noble barred conversation. So the link is now in the live chat.

Cliff, in your last substance, let me start with you here. You were talking about this banking ugly, and you also produced this last video on Bitchute called Mass. We seem to be entering a very different period of time here where we're jumping in from that top timeline there since the bad things that happen in the mid century here with one of our presidents to the creation of this self organizing collective. Can you, for the sake of the audience members here, explain the worst scenario we find ourselves in and how, as you're pointing out to here on the screen, we're about to switch into a very unscripted part of this self organizing collective. Can you set that up for the audience, please, Cliff?

Not easily, not quickly. That's the real problem. This stuff is complicated. There's a lot of moving parts and each of the parts are complex. But here's the deal, right?

We're at the end of the global fiat currency system that was built on top of the activities in 1913. So most of the central banks did not exist prior to the Federal Reserve coming into existence. They are all leveraged off of the point of that pyramid. And it's wobbly. And so the conditions of the failure of the fiat currency engender war.

Thus we have wars all over, right, because people are anxious, their money's gone, there's no wealth. Someone's stealing everything by way of debt on their instrument of currency. And so at the end of time, when there's only debt left into the currency and no purchasing power, then things get real ugly. And we're just getting into the peak of the big ugly, which my data had shown would take off from March and Arc through to an emotional peak. Not an activity peak, not an economic peak, but an emotional peak that will strike us sometime.

June ish okay, maybe the middle of June or so, right? And it's going to get really ugly from May onward. Well, it's getting ugly starting today, but okay, very good. And of course, we're seeing I'll bring up the videos here, the writers in France. We're not hearing much of that in mainstream news, but of course, you're protesting the pension reforms, the austerity there, and the fact that we're at this endgame and there's no more money left here and the social order is broken.

Rafi, you've been doing amazing reports here on your Rafi Farber on YouTube, as well as your collaboration with Arcadia Economics. I point out those videos here to the audience members as best I can. You're doing amazing work. Can you set the stage also from your perspective of what's happening here, not just with the banking system, but as I just discussed here, the fact that the social order is breaking and we're now seeing this eruption of violence around the world. How do you think moving forward here in the next couple of days and weeks, all of that is going to unfold?

Rafi, it days and weeks. I don't know what's going to happen in the next days and weeks. I try not to make short term predictions on that time scale because anything could happen in the next days and weeks. I just know what's going to happen in the end game. That is going to be the collapse of the dollar entirely.

And people think that it's scary and maybe there's going to be some social disjointedness and rioting, et cetera. But I try not to think of that and I try to stay positive and think of the positive aspects of it, really in a financial collapse like this, where the bottom of the pyramid on which everything is based is gold and silver, because that's how the dollar started. That's how the whole current the current currency system started, like Bretton Woods was based on a gold resumability. And the skeleton that we have now is just the structure of Bretton Woods without the content of it. So what happens at the end is that hopefully actual things don't get destroyed, at least not in huge quantities.

You could argue that there's going to be nuclear war, and I'm not going to say that there is. I don't want to even think about that. But assuming most of the stuff that was produced in the boom, in the false bubble boom exists at the end of it, then all you have is a shift of purchasing power from people who hold fake money to people who hold the real money. So all the purchasing power will be in the hands of the people who own gold and silver. And that's what I want to look forward to.

Because the people that are smart enough to realize that gold and silver are money and understand that and hold through all the crazy ups and downs and still understand the reality of what we're in. Those are the people that I want to have the most money and the most power. Because they are the ones that are the sanest people and understand how society functions. And that economics is a study of scarcity and choice, and you can't just print things into existence. So I'm hoping that the world is better things into existence.

Rafi of course, here at the LME, people are left with holding bags of rocks here as opposed to the actual metal. This just broke it the other day. We did look at the LME earlier this year, and there's scandal there. Cliff as Rafi is saying here, we're getting into this period of time where people are going to get a very quick education as to what is the fiat currency versus real sound money. You're projecting here that there is going to be perhaps two or three resets here offered to the population as we go through the systemic collapse of the old systems into the new.

Of course, we have Pluto the Destroyer that comes into alignment here March 23. So it seems to be all timing also with the astrological bodies. Talk about that evolution here. We're about to live in this new money system and this new world and this new Sci-Fi world we're going into. And then after that segment, we'll move right into the rumble fee.

Go ahead, Cliff. Okay, real quick, rafi is correct, but let's make the distinction between the dollar and the Fern, okay? The Federal Reserve note, because rafi everybody, including myself, I say dollar, but I'm really referring to the Fern. It's not a treasury issued dollar, but he's 100% correct. Everything is balanced on the tip of gold, and the whole pyramid is going to fall over.

In my opinion. We cannot avoid the social unrest and discord because of the emotionality that is attached to the fiat currency that must be shed along with the debt of the currency itself. So people that as he's saying, he wants the sound money people to have money at the end of this, and I'm quite confident that they shall because they have gold and silver. Okay? However, you're going to have a whole lot of people that don't have sound money, and they're going to have a whole lot of venting to do as a result of what little purchasing power was in their hands, totally being stolen from them in real time by its evaporation, with the system itself collapsing.

And it is that system that is built on top of the original sound money that subsume the sound money with credit, with illusion and everything that must be shed. We all, as humanity, have 140 last count central banks that are participating in this illusion. There will be, in my opinion, a level of Angst and histrionics storm undrung that we're getting into this now that has never before been witnessed. If you are lucky enough, like my expat friends, to be living in Russia, then you will be relatively isolated from a lot of the anxiety that's going to be coming along, right? Because here's something that people are missing.

All of this is going to funnel over a very short period of time from the western liberal republics to the Chinese banking system, which is owed vast quantities of money and has all these credit swaps and stuff going in fiat currency with the western liberal republics. They're going to catch currency COVID, so to speak, as our banking system goes down. The ripples cannot be underestimated, in my opinion. So right now, the Chinese are calling themselves the land of empty containers, okay? The slang term for China, that's how they're referring it to it now.

But in the banking system, there's another term that is gaining ground in China, and that's the land of the empty vault. And that's been showing up in the last three weeks in my scanning of their verbiage right, of their conversations. So we're getting very close. This is why I'm able to predict this kind of stuff, because language precedes activity, usually in all cases before a human becomes histrionic, they say something that will give you an indication that there's going to be this emotional outburst. I don't care if it's one on one or on Moss.

And so I've been following the big mass of it all, and we're right there now. And folks, I invite you to go check out the mass video cliff just produced here on March 13. You can find that on his bitchute. Guys, we're about to switch over now to the Rumble feed. So thank you so much for watching here on the YouTube channel.

Let me bring the Rumble link back in the live link for you guys here now. And please do come over to Rumble as we detach here from the YouTube feed now remove. Okay, so we're running now live only on Rumble, folks. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining us here on Rumble. Appreciate the live chat and the comments.

Please remember to follow here as we're producing more and more of this content here that is just simply not allowed on other platforms for now. And we do really much appreciate all of your support and following us here, of course, if you don't want to miss a beat. Rafi, what started last year last year, last week seems like a year ago already with all the news cycles. And yes, everything is going wild and crazy, but what started with this Silicon Valley Bank now has erupted into a kinsey Swiss problem. You mentioned that in your last report here with Arcadia Economics.

Can you bring that to the attention of the viewers here and explain also why we're seeing some other bank activities now starting to extricate themselves from their dealings with the Credit Suisse and how that protends? Perhaps the same type of fallout, maybe on a bigger scale that we saw in 2008. Go ahead, Rafi. Are you talking about Credit Suisse? Yes.

Well, first, quickly to respond to something that Cliff Said talks about histrionics. Histrionics comes from the root of a history or a womb. So a uterus. In the same way, we're all kind of being reborn and it's going to be a rough second birth or third birth or whatever birth you want to call this. But yeah, we're in labor now.

It's going to be rough about Credit Suisse. Okay, so we start with Silicon Valley Bank. And what was happening there was they had a bunch of bonds in their balance sheet, which there's a narrative that I don't want to say the word narrative. I hate the word narrative. There's an opinion that Silicon Valley Bank just made mistakes or they have a woke board, which they do, and they're stupid because they're woke and they just made bad decisions.

And I'm not excusing their wokeness, but I'm saying when you're stuck in a fractional reserve fiat system like this, the ones that are going to get screwed over first are the ones on the margin, which was Silicon Valley. Bank, which specialized in extremely low interest rate loaning to these crazy tech companies that had imaginary cash flows out in the 2030 years from now. Whatever it was. So they need the lowest interest rate, so they collapse. Also, they loan to all the fake meat companies, all the plants that can't sell their products.

Yeah, obviously wokeness had a role here, but it was inevitable. And yeah, the people on the margin, the dumbest banks are going to be the ones first, but it's going to filter into the core, and we're seeing it in Credit Suisse. And what's important about Credit Suisse is that this term is thrown around like counterparty risk. I know what that is, but it's like a code that we're supposed to understand exactly what that means. It means that Credit Suisse holds like $500 billion.

I may get the number wrong, I didn't check, but it's in the hundreds of billions of dollars worth of derivatives that they are the counterparty to. When somebody, let's say a bullion bank or some other hedger wants to hedge wheat prices or gold prices or whatever it is they're doing, and they open up a short position or even a long position. The other side of that is usually a systemically important bank like Credit Suisse. And so if somebody's hedging a futures position, hedging a physical position with futures or even a bullion bank who's hedging gold and shorting gold and staying long in London or whatever they're doing, the counterparty is a bank like Credit Suisse. So if Credit Suisse goes down and somebody has a futures position being hedged in some kind of exchange somewhere, and all of a sudden the Credit Suisse goes down, then his position gets screwed over, and he can't get his counterparty to pay up if he wins the bet.

So then you have the entire futures market of every commodity, including gold and silver and consumables just closing positions and open interests falling and falling and falling. And then you have a short squeeze in every single commodity in every single futures market on the planet at the same time. That's what happens if An Sib falls over, because they're the ones who own the other side of the derivative positions. So they cannot let Credit Suisse go down. They have to keep inflating.

Or if they don't inflate, then all the commodities markets and the futures markets close their positions, and then you're down to just the physical supply, and then you have hyperinflation that way. Either way, you're looking at the same thing. And what's interesting here with Criti Swiss, a lot of analysts were saying that they were running this long bond lawn stock, short gold trade here for a number of years, and they might be at the point now where they have to pivot that particular trade. Now, what's interesting this week, Saudi Arabia announced that they were pulling their support from critic Suisse. Cliff, how does that tie into the death of the world currency?

The fact that the Saudis last year made an agreement with Russia, effectively supplanting the deal that Nixon and Kissinger had made for the petrol dollar in 71. How do you see that into the timeline here of the death of the petrol dollar? The fact that the people are moving away from the petrol dollar with the BRICS nation and how that is leading to what you have termed here American Revolution 2.0? Go ahead. Well, a couple of things.

We know that Yellen is concerned exactly about the same point that Rafi is bringing up, okay? Because in her talk in front of Congress, some things leaked out. One of the things that leaked out was and she never confirmed it, but she didn't deny it because she couldn't, because she had just said it, in essence, was that if you are a depositor in one of their preferred banks, then you will be made whole. But if you're not, you won't. And so this is causing some consternation among all the locals, all the let me just interrupt you there, Cliff, just for a second.

Yes, guys, that's the press release. Cliff is talking about. You can find that on the Federal Reserve dot gov website here. They're talking about eligible depository institution, meaning some are not eligible. So, Cliff, keep going.

Yeah. So we know that this is the case. We know that they want to crush the locals and the communities in order that at some point in the future, they may attempt to drive us into the central bank digital currency. Their first go round. The first rollout of this is scheduled for July with this thing called Fed now Payment, which they've modeled curiously on, software wise, on PayPal, oddly enough.

Okay, but here's the thing. The contagion aspect of this is very real. We're seeing that now. People are freaking out now about this word that was deliberately let loose by yellen about not being safe in these small and other banks. So they want to cause this reaction.

They never do this stuff accidentally or any of that. So this was a designed reaction and it's led to all kinds of purchases of precious metals, starting with the day of that speech, as people get out of the local and other banks, but not necessarily move into what would be thought of as one of the big five bullion banks, et cetera. Right, yeah, I'm just talking to some metal people and they're working their asses off here real quick on this.

The death of fiat currency always causes social unrest and social disruption because it is a wealth transfer. All right? So as Rafi is saying, those people that were smart enough to buy precious metals, and I disagree with them, also smart enough to buy Bitcoin. I like bitcoin's. Utility of international settlements and instant wire transfers and still retaining value.

But those people that have those are going to be able to or they're going to be the top of the heap as the heap rolls over, so to speak, right? Because we're down at the bottom of that pyramid, it's going to go flop, flop, and we'll be up on the top of the pyramid in terms of the purchasing power and so on. But that leaves a lot of the pyramid in this particular time uncovered in a way that's never been seen before. So let me just sketch to you real quickly here that there were at least 30 circulating currencies in pre revolutionary North America. We had French currencies.

In fact, a lot of our United States coinage was modified French coins. But the point being that we used to be a multi currency, but almost all of those currencies related to gold or silver, where it had some element of it in there. When the financial system that was the colonies at that time collapsed with the revolution against the British, they didn't ship goods over anymore. It's going to be very akin then to what's happening now. So we're not getting anything from China.

As our money crashes, more ships that are out in the Pacific will turn around. I kid you not. They'll turn around. The Chinese will just keep the money and keep the goods because there's no point in delivering them. We're getting to that level of disruption.

We are at the same level that they had in the colonies at that time. And that is that we've got to become self sufficient and we've got to do it really quick because we have no other option. So in a way, this is brutal to say it because we're going to go through a brutally ugly time, but I'm one of those guys that if I'm going to get in a fight, I'm in it all the way, right? There is victory or death. Nothing short of that, right?

If I'm going to get wounded, I will take my pain now. So when I was a kid, I'll just tell you this real quick. I accidentally burned the bottom of my foot on a wood stove, right? I was asleep. I fell over.

It hit the metal third degree burn on the bottom of my foot for about six or 8 hours. I tried to eliminate the pain by going outside and putting the foot in the snow. And it kept me up all night and it did. But as soon as you take out of that snow, it start hurting again, right? So I learned my lesson then.

I take my pain now. I eat it all now. That's what the US. Is going to have to do. We're going to have to learn to be tough, get tough and take our pain now because we're at that point.

So in my opinion, we're going through something that will be far greater than the greatest depression ever to hit this planet in modern history, and it will totally disrupt the society that we have now. And when we come out on the other side, I expect a few years from now that we will not have perhaps 90% of the federal government that exists right now in my country, right? And that my country will not be at risk of being seized by an international cartel to go and bomb some other bastard in some other bastards country, right? Okay. So it's my people that have always died.

I'm a military guy, right? Military brat. And we are the ones that have always died for these assholes that have international, globalists, that have set us fighting the Vietnamese, the Koreans, et cetera, et cetera. And so I am looking forward to this, taking my pain now that that should not occur again. Well, okay, thank you so much for that, Cliff.

Guys, please rewind and listen to that again. And speaking of burning your feet, Cliff, at my dojo, we were doing these firewalk seminars. And I know the feeling you're having to put your feet in cold snow after this. It really helps. Ralphie, let me go back to you here on the terms of the haircut.

We're about to live here now, David Morgan was reporting this. This is a video that came out in December. We also did a decode on this suggesting that the banks knew here in the FDIC, the bank of International Settlements knew that the depositors would in fact be getting a haircut here in the very near future. And in this roundtable discussion, they were suggesting, debating, because their role is to protect the deposits and protect the depositors, but at the same time, letting them know that there was a problem at the bank and that they could suffer a haircut could, in fact, create a stronger and more rapid bank run. It seems that we're in that process now.

But speak to that. First of all, Rafi, this haircut, how you see this, perhaps transpiring, and also share with the audience members your understanding of how the silver stackers right now are going to be. The people who are going to reboot here in terms of the division of labor. Set that up for the audience members so they understand how important the role is. It's not just taking your money out of harm's way and moving it on the sideline to have dry powder to step into this new world, but also their role in rebooting here, the division of labor.

Go ahead, Rafi. Yeah, so about that video. I did see it. I don't think there's going to be a haircut nominally, I don't think, like, let's say somebody has $100,000 in his bank account. He's going to have to take a haircut of 25% and wake up tomorrow with seeing the number 75,000.

That's too obvious. It's too obvious of a theft, and it will result in a global bank run. Everyone will take all money they can out of the banking system and put it into anything else, not trusting. And the only way they could stop that is with laws. And laws won't stop it.

It'll just delay it until somebody finds a workaround with a whole bunch of money laundering fees involved.

There's going to be no nominal haircut. I seriously doubt it. But there will be a hyperinflationary haircut, meaning the $100,000 that you own today in your account could be worth $10,000 in purchasing power a week from now. I'm not saying in a week that's going to happen, but I'm saying theoretically, it's possible. And at some point that's going to happen.

Well, essentially, just to back you up here, the Fed basically announced that they're covering 100% of deposits here in terms of eligible deposits. So they're going way past the 250,000 FDIC limit. This would be the set up for that hyperinflationary event you're talking about. Yeah, because if they didn't do that, then there'd be a bank run, and then it would be the end of the monetary system anyway. They're being cornered.

I mean, they try to go one direction or another but they have increasingly less wiggle room and they have to keep going towards that hyperinflationary singularity in terms of silver stackers and the responsibility of silver stackers for the world. Meaning that the only way a division of labor works and the only reason that we're fed and that I can wake up tomorrow and then go to supermarket and know that I can buy my food and know that I can survive the day is because of a vision of labor. And the only way a division of labor works is because money retains value where people know how much they have to spend and how much they have to work in order to maintain whatever standard of living they want to maintain. If you can't calculate that, then you have no idea what you're supposed to be doing the next day, and you have no idea how much you have to how much you have to earn or how much you have to spend. You can't calculate, so you can't do anything.

So then you have no division of labor, and then you stop doing things. Then if everybody does that, then everybody starves to death. So that's not going to work. So how do you save that? Well, you're going to need some kind of divisible money.

And since all currencies and the entire monetary system is still based on gold and silver now, then they're going to have to go back to physical gold and silver in the initial stages of an explosion, of a monetary explosion. So the stackers will be responsible for maintaining the essentials of a division of labor. They're not going to be responsible for saving, like some gender studies professor in Berkeley who's talking about how men and women don't exist. I mean, he's got no place in division of labor anymore because nobody wants what he does or what he says. And most of academia is going to go down to nothing.

And most of all, the excess fat and all the systems that we have in the global economy, they're going to go away. But people who grow food, people are going to want to pay them stuff.

So you're going to be able to pay somebody to grow food for you, which I'm pretty sure everyone's going to want. So that's what the silver stackers will do, they will be responsible for. We just flushed the toilet of all the fiat garbage, so now it's empty. We got to fill it up with something. So we filled the plumbing system with silver, make it stable.

That's the job of the silver stackers, to literally save what is left of the division of labor, the essential parts of it, so people can survive. Very good. Thank you for that rafi. Now, Cliff, you're not in your head there too. I want to go back to this fed now and the fact that in your web auditor reports, I believe they were starting in 2016 or 17, you were talking about these two or three resets.

And for the audience members are watching the show right now. They're like, okay, what the hell do I do? I know I can't leave my money in the bank, but where do I go? Do I go with the Cbdc? Do I go with the decentralized coin?

Do I go with cash under my mattress for a period of time? Is it all of the above? And why, Cliff? How do we navigate all of this here, moving forward? Okay, so it is all of the above.

You want to be diversified because things are uncertain. So we're coming to a period of maximum uncertainty. In periods of maximum uncertainty, you want to spread your options as wide as you possibly can and be prepared to follow those that may pan out for you, right? But that means that maybe you're just going to have to let some other stuff go away. So maybe you would put a little bit of money in a bank, get a little bit of silver, buy a little bit of food, buy a little bit of seeds, and in the end of it all, maybe the bank will go away.

But you'll have the silver, the food and the seeds, right? That kind of thing. You're going to have to spread it and risk it. All right? So here's the thing, though.

Here's what we have to understand. So Rafi brought up obliquely. The Cultural Revolution. So in my data sets, and I never went into this because I didn't want to explore it back in the time of 2012 and on, I only obliquely mentioned it in there, a Cultural Revolution comes to the United States. I was afraid that the Cultural Revolution would end up being like Mao's Cultural Revolution.

And indeed it was. It is now we're living through Mao's Cultural Revolution, pushed onto the United States in the form of Wokonianism, the trans stuff and climate change, okay? Because Mao's revolution was based on making China ill, young versus old intergenerational separation. And he wanted to do away with the old, and he weaponized it through Munchausen's by proxy, just as we're going through. This is pertinent because in the data sets, it showed, just as Raffi had used by illustration, professors, that no longer had any occupation, that they were just cast out.

Now, I thought at the time, 2012, not seeing the infiltration and all of that, at that time, I thought that those data sets were referring to something like Mao's Revolution, when professor friends of mine, after they survived the coal mines and this kind of thing in Mao's Revolution told me about what it was like. And they were just a professor one day, and then the students came in, and then the next day they were working at a coal mine. Right? And so I thought we were going to get into that. But I think now that it's the other way, that it'll be the gender studies and Rafi is coming to the point of practicality.

All of the impractical nonsensical crap is going to be thrown out in our cultural revolution now in order that we may survive and as he said, grow food and stuff. And within the data sets, you'll notice a lot of data about how the United States cleans up its act. All of North America cleans up its act as far as pollution and stuff. And over these next 30 or 40 years becomes the center of high quality organic farming and food and stuff such that we used to see, like in Holland. And so this is in our future now.

Rothy is quite correct, and it's very gratifying for me that it's going to be all the gender studies people that are going to go have to work in a coal mine because they can't do anything else. Right. Anyway, though. But also I want to point out something else. We use the word hyperinflation, okay?

We have not seen hyperinflation. Hyperinflation has a very specific definition that involves human activity. So we have very nasty inflation. There's no question anything over 2%, even annually is very nasty. And I would argue that 2% is terrible.

But we're in the eight, nine and 10% kind of stuff now. This is very nasty inflation that's destroying us, destroying the social order, destroying our cohesiveness and stuff. But it is not hyperinflation. Hyperinflation occurs when the dynamic of people's emotions become involved in the moment. So in Germany in 1923, in Armenia, in any of these hyperinflationary episodes, you get hyperinflation when the people lose the trust 100% of the currency and spend it as fast as they can and in fact are planning on spending the next bit they get long before they get it.

And so all of a sudden and it is all of a sudden just like that, and all of a sudden the printing presses cannot keep up with the emotionality that's being expressed through the activity of moving the currency through the system. That is hyperinflation. That is scary stuff, okay? My relatives that lived through it in the 1920s in Germany wrote diaries that I read, and they were just shocked about how terrible it was, right. I won't go into any of the details there, but I want to tell you that hyperinflation is not yet here, but it may be very close, okay?

In Germany, hyperinflation was triggered by a number of moves, political moves by the then limping government over the course of just nine days, okay? So just a little over a week, they did these three little items in the German law structure and everything, and it freaked everybody out, and they started a hyperinflationary run. So now today I am feeling that hyperinflationary pressure start to build in myself against the currency, as I know that everybody else is also reacting to the bank problems. But today we got our first political kick towards hyperinflation where Trump announced that they're going to arrest him on the 21st. Okay?

So this is going to cause a whole lot of things to occur. I believe it'll cause a national strike to occur in the United States. I believe we'll have a trucker strike the way that they had in Canada and not deliver goods. So that will cause this anxiety that will transfer the emotion into this. And in fact, I believe it's already happened because I've talked to some people that said this morning when they woke up and they saw that, they decided to drain their bank account.

Okay, so just a regular guy, and this was a guy I know that's got a business here, and he's got payroll, he's got people he's got to, and it's a local bank. He knows about yelling. And he said that was it. This is the last straw. He says if they arrest Trump, that's it.

And he said that today he's going to go and today is Saturday, but he's going to go talk to his buddy who happens to work at the bank and make arrangements to drain his bank account over this weekend and get ready for Monday, such as he can take all of his money out. Right. I don't know how much he's got, but it's going to be a big hit on that bank because he's got maybe 25 people that work for him, and he's really worried about being able to provide for them and his family and so on. And it was not until he saw the political move that he reacted emotionally. He was sort of content, grumble and bitch and moan about the dollar not going anywhere and so on, but he was content up until today to leave his money in that bank.

So at this point, he said it's cash and medals only for him. Wow. Fascinating. And folks, yes, go check out the Twitter for Cliff and myself here. We did post quite a few of these articles here talking about this imminent, perhaps indictment.

And also go check out Jason Forrest video on his prophetic dream of the Trump arrest. Rafi, as we're looking at this, Cliff is adding the component here of the social order breaking down here from a reality of not just the imminent Trump arrest, but all of the big ugly that has been coming out. So we just saw last week the January 6 footage, and that also shocked a big portion of the normies into realizing maybe once for the first time that, hey, somebody's lying to us here and they're lying to us big. This was the last thing we were holding on to here. Orange man, bad.

And here we're being shown that perhaps it didn't play out exactly as we thought. How do you tie that into what we're about to see? And what would you recommend your viewers there at Seeking Alpha, at Endgame's Investor? How do we navigate all of this, the political front and the crumbling of the banking system? Rafi, how do you navigate the political front?

I forget about any faith in the political system. Voting is a sham. It's been for a very long time. It used to mean something, but doesn't mean anything anymore. So instead of relying on politics for saving anything, make local connections with your community.

Find who's going to grow your food. Find who's going to machine your tools or whatever you need. Find who can work with wood, who can help provide your basic needs. And start finding the people close to you and build a local network community economy, so that when the currency does fall, you can start trading amongst yourselves. It just means making friends and staying in contact and knowing where each other, where everyone is.

So in terms of the political order, it's breaking down in the US. If they indict Trump, wow, that's straight up third world country, banana public, South American, scary stuff. And share also with the audience what's happening in your home world. Yeah, well, a similar thing is happening in Israel, and it's more of a local concern here that there's there's a fight going on now between the Supreme Court and the the Knesset, which is the Parliament, and there's no constitution in Israel, so there's no real codification, even if that would even matter. Codifying things in a constitution doesn't seem to have much relevance these days anyway.

But there is no constitution. So the Parliament is trying to kick down the powers of the Supreme Court, and then the Supreme Court is going to say, if you pass that law, we're going to cancel that law. And then the Knesset has to decide whether it's going to order tanks around the Supreme Court or the Court's going to order tanks around the Knesset. I have no dog in this fight. I don't care who wins.

Because from what's been happening in the past two years, here how. Israel forced its disgusting injections, mangala style, on everyone, just pressuring everyone and experimenting on its own people. Disgusting government, both sides of it, are bad. The Knesset for passing the laws and the mask laws and the Mandate laws and everything, and the Supreme Court for allowing it to go happen. So I hope these people fight each other and we can restart something, have our own reset here.

We can be a little bit more free. So I think this is all connected to what's happening in Israel, is what is connected to what's happening in America and the government fighting itself and political war. Everything is happening together at the same time, and everything is a reflection of everything else. So how we purge this disease and having a violent fever to get rid of a disease, it's painful, but it's necessary. And we're about to go through a pretty rough part of it.

And I hope we come out calm and sane. I hope the same. Rafi, originally, before the interview, you mentioned maybe you had 45 minutes. We're at the 45 minutes now. I have two more segments.

Can you stay a little bit longer or do you need to? Okay, very good. Thank you so much, Rafi. I appreciate your extra time for the audience members here. We were just talking about some of the old Webbas data reports.

Cliff was nice enough to give us the underbridge original versions. There are a lot of them on the web that have been modified, so be careful what you're reading. But if you're looking for them now, again, beyond Mystic Net, cliffhigh is where you can download these original reports. Now, Cliff, you just mentioned, I want to bring this back up for the audience members here. This is a little bit more complicated.

I know you're trailblazing ahead here with these words and constructing this narrative so that we get used to this language, understand it, being able to digest it, and then to convey it to the rest of the population here. Let's spend a little bit of time here on the Manchester by proxy here, what you're talking about, what those actual codes mean, the fact that you're actually putting out real data here and why perhaps some of the trans communities are hitting up your Twitter. You lost your Twitter last week. Explain to them why this is so crucial here and how that ties into the breaking of the social order and how, as both of you are mentioning here, we're going to go back to the basics here and not really care so much about all of this. Wokism.

Cliff? Okay, so it's fairly complex. You have to ask yourself, why do all of these things occur? Right? Why does trans occur?

Why does a politician support trans, et cetera, et cetera? Well, obviously in a politician's interest to do so, gain power and so on. But at a human level, why would such a thing occur? Why would a mother support a child trying to regender themselves, resex themselves? Because it has nothing to do with gender.

When you're starting to cut off body parts, then you're dealing with sex, right? And so it is Munchausen's by proxy, which is one of the most complex codified diseases that we have that involves both physical and psychiatric components, right? And so if you go look up Munchausen's by proxy and get into it, you'll find volumes written on this thing. And it's basically, in its simplest form, it's a sick caregiver that needs attention from an external. So frequently you'll see this dynamic of a mother, an absentee father and a child, and the father is not quite 100% gone.

The mother makes the child ill, such as to draw back that male into her life. And she does this frequently in an unconscious fashion, not even really aware of her own motivation. Also, she communicates to the child the illness by way of unconscious signaling. And there's been vast quantities of psychiatric books written on this. It is one of the hardest diseases to ever diagnose in a caregiver and an ill person.

But it will become so effective that the ill person can actually do things like manifest blisters, manifest physical symptoms in their body from a psychological condition that goes away once this dynamic is broken. So frequently, a trans kid becomes instantly non trans when taken to an absentee parent and is no longer under the influence of that parent. That's sending out these unconscious and conscious signals to behave this way such that I may benefit. So it's a very complex disease. Mao Seng and a bunch of people that worked with him analyzed Munchausen's by proxy in the 30s in a very extensive test, very extensive analysis.

I don't think it had ever been done that way before. And in the Chinese started using Munchausen's by proxy to shape their own society. And then Mao took it over in 1966, and he used it to foment the Cultural Revolution and seize power back, because they had almost gotten him out of the way in 65, and they were trying to get normalized relations with the US. And the Western world, et cetera. And he used it to take China back.

It has been weaponized and used against us. The key component of this is an object, whether it's a person or a planet or an identity, that needs to be protected by the caregiver. And so my thing is to bring up this language, especially relative to people in power. This is a very dangerous situation, and even the AI recognizes that. The most dangerous situation you can run into is a person that's a politician that's actually exhibiting Munchausen's by proxy, attempting to put it out on the population in the form of anything.

But nowadays we have it focused on a sick planet. And these mythical trans kids. Trans kids is not a thing. They don't exist. Blah, blah, blah.

There's no climate crisis. We're not going to die from any human activity. Humans, they say that we're going to push it over the certain sun agreed temperature because of our activity. But the fact of the matter is, humans never add any energy whatsoever to this planet. The only thing we do is convert it from one form to another, but that energy is still here.

Okay, as Ricardo Bosi was saying in our last war Correspondent show, guys, if you haven't seen that, go check it out. He's talking about, of course, like euclid, this fifth generational warfare. This warfare for our minds to have us to think a certain way in order to have us act a certain way here in this controlled chapter. Bring that in here and also talk about the fact that people can go research this for themselves. We have an actual ICD code here, as you have on the screen.

Explain how this ties into the 5G warfare and how knowing that this is being perpetuated on us, having the tools to recognize it and point to it can actually start flipping the tables here and freaking out a lot of the power structures once they've been discovered here by this particular tactic in this warfare. Go ahead, Cliff. Okay, so you just mentioned the phrase flipping the tables. That arises from three card monte. When people discover how they're being cheated in three card monte, what do they always do?

They flip over the scammer's table, right? Scattering the cards and all of that. So that's exactly what's going on here. The discovery that you're being deceived in real time brings out an instant reaction that shatters the mind programming that goes on. It's an emotionality that comes on up.

I won't go into any of the details, but it actually hardens you against mostly that specific con being used on you again. But it also degrades your ability to be gullible to other cons as you go forward. The more you've been scammed, the less you can be scammed because you've seen it, right? And so that's where we're at now that we're going to have this flipping of the tables. As everybody understands all of these different scams that are going on, and as part of the unrestricted fifth generation warfare, those people that can observe the scams happening, identify the language and show you that it's going on, can, especially in my case, provide you with language that can assist you going forward.

So if you know that your politician is using language that is focusing on causing harm to children, which is the supporting of them, transing, then you could stand up and say, I have a public health notice here. These proceedings have to stop until this person, the politician, has been investigated by a panel, not an individual, a panel of psychiatrists to confirm that they are not exhibiting Munchausens by proxy. You won't believe how rapidly that changes the dynamic of any meeting with a public official in there. Even if you don't get traction, it's going to freak everybody out. It's going to collapse the meeting itself.

And if you can hand out the printouts of the Munchausen's by proxy language and the AI saying, here are the steps, then everybody will start getting the clue and they'll say, hey, wait a second. What's going on here? Right? This is a weapon of war. We are probably about seven or nine months away from the normies, grasping that this war tactic has been put on us for these last 40 plus years.

And then we'll have all kinds of people write books about how they snuck in and the colleges were converted and all the language and all of that. But as I say, they won't even start grasping that for seven to nine months somewhere out in the future. But the emotional shock of what's going to hit us this coming week and then the weeks afterwards leading up to May. So now bear in mind a potentiality that we do have a national strike, that we do have trucker strikes, and that we have some form of reaction to the arrest of Trump. Okay.

That they actually go through it and do it. It's a misdemeanor that they've got a unique novel theory to escalate into a felony. So it isn't going anywhere. Right. Okay, so let's say that they do that.

What are going to be the consequences? I can draw out a timeline now that takes us from Tuesday of this week up to May 1 that would support the idea that in May 1, the government will collapse because there will be the Dick Algeier moment in the halls of Congress when no one will pass an extension of any monetary funding for any aspect of the federal government. Wow.

As soon as May 1. May they okay. Rafi, let me bring you on here also because we have a lot of silver bugs in the audience members and we have a lot of people trying to understand why silver is important, but why there at the silver level also, we're being conned. There's this big con game happening. I've had many interviews with Andy Shekman over the last year or two explaining that, of course, we're seeing the big drawdowns of the comics and the Lbma.

Apparently, somebody is front running what is about to occur here and getting into the physical, even though in the mainstream news they're telling us that gold, of course, is a pet rock and inconsequential. I have another video here somewhere from Bernacki saying it's just tradition. But let's talk about the scam here at the silver level and what you see happening here. What's the set up right now in the technicals in terms of the silver market? Rafi well set up in technicals, not much of a technical analyst, but I do look at open interest, the amount of contracts that are open in silver futures.

But what's the scam? The way I put it, there are a lot of different ways to put this. I don't capture in terms of fraud as much as just the nature of the system. You could call that fraud, too. I have no problem with calling it fraud.

I don't use that word. I try to help people understand what is going on here. And essentially what's going on is that for other commodities, there's one price right there's, the consuming price of that commodity. Like, how much would you pay to consume a barrel of oil for your energy needs?

So it's the same with all with all consumable commodities, with wheat, with oil, with energy, et cetera, with the gold. And silver is different because there's a consumer price. Like if you're a jeweler, how much would you pay for 10oz of gold? So you can make your jewelry to stock your shelves or whatever it is that you use gold for, if you need it for your electronics or you use it in whatever it is that you manufacture. So then you need some gold physically to consume in some kind of thing, that's a price.

But there is another price of gold and that is the price that people are the monetary price. Whereas there are only a certain select amount of people that actually use gold as a consumer good. Everybody in the world needs gold because everybody in the world needs money to trade it with for something else. So the monetary price of gold is much, much higher than the commodity price of gold. And are you suggesting that these are going to meet here very soon with all of this?

Yes, they're going to meet. At what number exactly? I don't know, but it should meet at the end game to a 100% value of 100%, balance out the amount of liabilities in the Federal Reserve balance sheet. Assuming there is gold in Fort Knox, and I do not know that for sure. I'm sure Cliff would probably say no.

But let's assume there is what is 8132 tons or something like that. So the Fed has that on its balance sheet supposedly, and then a whole bunch of paper. So when the paper falls to zero, the only thing left on the balance sheet is gold. So it has to balance out the rest of the liabilities, which are the amount of dollars in circulation. 100% backing would be something around $40 to $50,000 an ounce.

Now if there is no gold there, then there will be no exchange rate and the dollar will be completely worthless. And then you'll need physical coins. So at the end of the day, gold and silver futures, they're not going to be redeemable. So most of the people with a futures position, whether it be gold or even an ETF position, they're not going to get anything out of that because really it's only an exchange ticket for a bunch of dollars. And if the dollar doesn't work, then what are you going to do with the share of Slv or Gld or whatever we could do with it?

We could do nothing. It could be a nice wallpaper. Yeah. If it could even be that you'd have to request like physical copies of your holdings of your ETFs. Right, okay, thank you.

I appreciate that. Cliff before we get to the next segment here, and I want you to follow through on some of this pricing mechanism for gold and silver. I'll get into why perhaps Jim Sinclair was saying earlier this year, based on the calculations that Rafi is trying to explain to the audience members, gold should already be at $80,000 or ounce. And that was with the liabilities that were admitted six months ago, not what we're seeing now, and perhaps all the over the counter derivatives that have not been accounted for yet. So I'll get to that segment in a moment.

But Cliff, a big issue right now for a lot of people. All the stress, all the turmoil. As Recorder Boasty said to you're supposed to be confused right now. The white hats, the black hats, everybody's trying to fuck with you, everybody's lying with you. A big problem for a lot of our viewers is trying to sleep.

Cliff, why is sleep so important and what do you have for them here at Pure Sleep? Okay, so Pure Sleep is a cool product. We've got a sugarless version. So if you're one of the people that is going through cancer, sadly, from all of the shots and so on, it'll aid you that way. And by the way, if you've taken any of the mRNA products, natokinase has been shown to get rid of the spike protein and also degrade the lipid nanoparticles and bind them to excrete them.

So that does offer some help there. Okay, so we need to sleep here because during the sleep, okay, so your body can't repair itself during the day. Anything it does to any kind of injury that you get during the day is simply triage. It's just trying to keep you from getting worse. And so it's only during at night that you can actually repair that damage.

And because I was trying to recover from being down to £128, I needed to recover. So I've got GABA in there. GABA is such a powerful substance that the Japanese government considers it to be illegal in products. It has to be administered by a medical prescription because it's a precursor to a human growth hormone. So it will allow your body to maximize the creation of human growth hormone before you go to sleep because of the nature of the mix we've got.

And then so you'll have the human growth hormone and it provides some level of support in using it, but it's not any of the peptides that actually direct how it should be used. So if for instance, you had arthritis, then a good use for this would be to take a peptide during the day that would direct growth towards your joints and so on, but have the Pure Sleep at night so that you would have the human growth hormone there available for you. Okay, very good. And folks, I just put the link here to Pure Sleep in the live chat. Go check it out.

I absolutely love mine and I love the new flavor also that was just put out here in the last couple of months. I really like it, Cliff, and I love the plastic reusable containers. I know a lot of our viewers also like that. So Cliff, let's go back to this idea of this original webbot data suggesting that we would see at some point here when we entered this new phase of the world, this $600 per ounce silver. Let's go back to the conversation here of what Jim Sinclair was suggesting there, the $80,000 per ounce gold, how that ties into today and also tie that into now the warfare we find ourselves in, we're seeing different levels of attacks now into the open.

We've moved away. From the overt part of the war into the sorry, of the COVID And now we're into the overt part of the war, as you're describing here in this last video. But explain how that war is also going to be affecting us here at the gold and silver price level. Also the fact that we are going to finally be what was the term you used? Harvesting the corn.

Tie that in to the worst scenario we're in. Now. Suddenly that makes a whole lot of sense. Okay, so here's the thing. This is essentially a deep spiritual war involving those and the two sides are easily categorized.

And then there's this middle lump that doesn't know anything's going on really. And those are the normies. The two sides can be categorized as those people that create fiat money and use that to do evil deeds because they have no emotional, physical or cost investment in the creation of fiat currency. They make as much as they want and then everybody else takes it and will give them food and other stuff for it. And so they think that the people that will give them real goods for the fiat are pretty stupid and they want to take over the whole planet.

Now on the other side are those individuals that think we should be on a spiritually sound money system that has no debt attached to it, that no one gets rich off of my labor in this hidden fashion. And so this is truly, in my opinion, a war, good versus evil. And everybody's confused and all of the normies are confused because it is in that state of confusion and anxiety, angst, anger and so on, that minds can be made to change. And the normies have been cultivated like a crop for so long, it takes a lot for their minds to change. Therefore, the upcoming level of emotion is going to be huge, indeed, shockingly huge.

Thus we must face the nuclear war. We've got to have that in there. We've got to go right up to it and face it. We must face all of these things because in facing them, we show who are the adults and everybody else will fall away and then they'll start following the real adults. And that's how this is going to play out.

So what's necessary now is for, in my opinion, is for people of solidity to stand and be solid in that solidity that others may gather around them as we come into this very terrible time with all of these emotions being brought up with the death of the fiat currency and so on. And so this is why I'm starting to get really, I get very peculiar about language, but I like to insist that there's the US dollar and then there's the Federal Reserve notes. Also, the gold in Fort Knox is not owned by the Federal Reserve. It doesn't matter what claims they may have on it. In 1964, there were some moves made that eliminated the ability of the Federal Reserve to make a claim on the gold.

This was done by the Sock. It was one of the very first documents that I can find that allows for the Sock's existence to be supposed was that there were certain things that were done and so there may be gold there for all I know, but the Federal Reserve won't be able to get their hands on it. We're going to see the in my opinion, we'll see the derivatives go first and that will be a giant kick in the balls to a lot of people, okay? These people will be city councils, these will be pension funds, these will be all different kinds of water projects globally, all kinds of weird projects globally that are being used to funnel bribery money to support illegal activities and all of that kind of stuff. They exist in vast quantities in the level of the derivatives.

They live on this hazy kind of secret bond world financing everything that's going to go away at the very first part of our hard stop here heading towards May. And so a lot will be revealed and then that's going to be this giant peak of the big ugly as a lot of this stuff comes out and that's when a lot of people are going to get very angry, very upset. We may indeed see riots, but it won't be mega people running around pulling down statues, right? They may have a few of the antifa dressed up as mega, but that isn't going to go over very well. I remember a web auditor report where you said that not just politicians but perhaps also media newscasters would be flayed in the streets.

Those were the words that were coming up in your old web auditor reports. Now as it pertains to the corn being harvested, we know what you meant by that and of course they're afraid of being harvested. So this is why they're putting out all these arrest warrants now for Trump and even the ICC here issuing the arrest for Putin earlier this week. I want to get into the war in Ukraine. How that is a fallback position for perhaps the fall of Kazakhstan here in the last segment.

Before I do that, I wanted to bring up the link here for the discounts available for you guys, the Beyond Mystic audience here today offered to you by Miles Franklin. You can find that at Beyond Mystic net silver. We have the 1oz Kangaroos on sale at 379 over Spot, as well as the ten ounce silver Italian maple bars if you guys are looking to bulk up there at 259 over Spot. And if you move over to the Mfbullion. CA, if you're on the Canadian side of the viewership, you can also get the Maple Leafs who are on sale also there.

So that's mfbullion CA and of course Beyondmistic Net Silver and for those asking in the chat, yes, the silver bars are still available. And on top of that page there, there's the special order form there for those three, as well as the new Sending Ravens silver bar available now for pre order. So check that out, Cliff. And maybe we could do this as an open table for the last segment here. Going back to this idea that Ukraine is the fallback position we saw last year.

We reported on this, and I believe you and I did a video on this last year when Kazakhstan fell, a lot of things happened there. We saw what your web data suggests might be happening here in North America, the politicians being hanged on the streets. We saw the taking over of the banks. We saw people going through all of the material, following the money, so to speak, and basically creating this funnel effect where the last of these Caesarian mafias, as you call them, the cabal, fell back into Ukraine. Now, what was funny here, just as a side note to be funny with our audience members just again, Biden was out this morning saying that the deposits were safe, your deposits were safe in Ukraine.

Let's get into and Rafi, let's get into how all of this is going to shape up. I had Jim Willie on the show the other day, and he's suggesting that perhaps this whole thing in Ukraine will be over within a month or two here. We're almost at that point. And I listened to Dr. Paul Kerg Roberts the other day on the Greg Hunter Show, and he's like, I don't understand what's happening.

Russia could have finished this months ago, but they're not finishing the war. Explain what the real strategy is in Ukraine right now, as best we can glean from it. I'll start with you, Cliff. And where does it go from here in this end stage, the end game, the final round here or the last round we find ourselves in? Okay, so it's legit to say that the Russians could have ended it sometime back.

They deliberately have delayed, they've deliberately altered tactics, and lots of people don't understand why, but it's all about timing. They can't end until there are certain conditions, until the normal population of the planet has faced the nuclear war aspect. Okay? All right, so this is a psychological war at its core. All physical aspects of it derive from the psychological plan that is powering everything else.

So certain things will happen in the physical world and bring points of tension, and they are there to create the tension and the illusion that things would proceed from that point forward. So we have this being used on both sides. So in Germany now and throughout Europe, you will find many people that are saying, as soon as he's done with the Ukraine, putin's coming for you, okay? And it's not going to happen. But if he had finished with Ukraine now, they wouldn't be able to do that.

They wouldn't be able to use these kind of psychological tools on their own population. And those must be in place for the counter that will come later when he doesn't attack. Okay, so you've got to set everything up. This is fighting. And in fighting, you will find it in the very best.

Guys that are good at fighting, mohammed, Ali, all these kind of people, they use faints, they use timing, they use pulled punches in order that you will react a certain way. They'll throw a punch this way such that you'll shift your head right into the one that they're driving into you. Right? And so that's where we're at now, is in all of this psychological stuff back and forth on that, it's going to get ever so much more complex, more complicated and more scary as we go forward in dealing with the scariness. You can always center yourself, right?

And so if everything gets too weird and there's all this talk of nuclear war and everything, bring it back to yourself, your house, do, sweep the floors, wash the dishes, whatever. Clean your local environment in order to clean your emotions of what's going on, because it will be polluted as we go forward with all of the necessary drama that has to be created in order that these minds might change the way they need to. Wow. Thank you so much. I appreciate that.

I'll get back to you for final words of wisdom here. You kind of alluded to that there Cliff Rafi sent to you here going back to perhaps this fallback position from the Kazakhstan capital of the Illuminati, falling, so to speak, here last year into this now final battle, at least kinetic battle, against perhaps the bioweapons labs, the child trafficking, the money laundering that is happening in Ukraine now. How far are we to understanding perhaps for the normal population, maybe not the people watching the show here, but for the normal population to understand the nature of this war? And perhaps when that comes to a conclusion, how do you see that playing out here in your mind and in your analysis? Rafi I guess I have to plead ignorance here.

I have no idea what you're talking about. Okay.

It is very much complicated. And again, guys, if you want a little bit more information on that and the background, please do go watch my War Correspondent show with Ricardo Bossy. Two of the first episodes there did set the stage for this particular war. How we, on one hand, have the 5g war for your mind, but on the other hand, also have the open aspects of this war, including the tactical attacks on the United States in the last couple of weeks. Now, the banking warfare attacks and of course all of the devulgation that is happening now with January 6 and the COVID narrative all coming out at the same time.

We are into this culminoric effect here in this war. And of course, there also we talked about the component, boots on the ground in Ukraine. So if you want to go check out that episode, that is the place to be, guys, before I go. Also, if you want to stay connected here on the Insider Access Pass, where I produce all of this Insider access content here on Censored Unfeathered on Beyond Mystic Net. Because of the bank runs here too, people are having issues with their credit cards or payment processing and they're not having the ability to connect with us.

And to watch the episodes on a timely basis, please do consider the yearly pass here. We've put it at 50% off for you guys. The coupon code is bank run 50. That expires March 20. My birthday, of course, the Equinox man, a lot of things happening for my birthday.

Cliff, hopefully we're going to have a good birthday here in the next couple of weeks and that we're going to see some light at the end of the tunnel. Cliff, let's end on that. Actually, I'll end with you, Cliff. Rafi, while you're on the screen, what is your best advice here? Cliff just mentioned clean yourself here so that you can be strong and be nimble enough to weather the storm here and to be flexible enough to adapt yourself to the situations that are coming up now in the next couple of weeks and months.

What do you say to your subscribers here on Your Patreon? Talk about that hair too. Also how we can support you there and what can they expect here if they follow you at the End Game Investor on your Patreon? Well, my Patreon is not my main thing. My main service is The End Game Investor, where I talk basically three or four times a week with a weekend report about what's going on in gold and silver in the monetary system from an Austrian school economics analysis perspective.

So you get a two week free trial on that at this site over here that's on the screen. Let me break the link down for you guys here and the chat. There's a lot of amazing content there. So you guys please do go and support Rafi there and all of his amazing work. Here's the link in the live chat.

Keep going, Rafi. So My Patreon is where I take a more biblical angle on economics and monetary policy. I'm a religious Jew and I have a pretty extensive knowledge of Bible and Torah and from Jewish perspective. So what the Torah believes about monetary policy and gold and silver, whenever I come across a comment, I share it and analyze from the same perspective that I have now. So for people who value this sort of stuff, it can be calming and that this is not old.

We've been through this before, way, many thousands of years ago, and it's good to see from that perspective what people were going through back then with the same issues that we're having now, just from a modern standpoint. And, yeah, YouTube channel, you can check it out. I make my videos as funny as I can because the only way I can stay sane is laugh. And that's the most important advice. I can have everybody stay sane, stay connected to as much nature as you can, get off your phones when you can stop looking down and look up and have your local community support you and support them, and you should get through this on the other side.

Thank you, Rafi, I appreciate that. And yes, I do find your videos very funny. I just can't possibly understand how you have time to put out all these edits in your movies, your videos, to become so funny, but I do very much appreciate that. Let me bring the link down so you guys can go and subscribe there to YouTube too. Rafi's YouTube channel there.

Cliff, back to you here as we round up the show. You mentioned earlier to me in the email. Today, Tuesday, is the pop off. Okay, so it's a big pop off. What do you mean by that?

And where do we go from here? How do we navigate all of this? It's going to depend on how it manifests as to whether it is super active. So there's a couple of days, they may decide through fear, through wisdom, whatever, to not arrest Trump. Right?

If they do that, then it's one of those Rubicon has been crossed over, the die is cast and there is no going back and there is no longer a certain level of civility. Okay, so it then comes out in the open, the dictators have taken the velvet glove off, basically. And at that point, I'm expecting the populace to react and I'm expecting the populace to react with a lot of energy from a certain level of the populace, but I expect them to drag a lot of the normies along as well, and that this will be shocking to a lot of people and that things will degrade fairly rapidly. So there's going to be some level of unknowns relative to how it plays out tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday. So if Trump is fingerprinted, if he's arrested, if he's fingerprinted, if he's processed, and if he's released, that's one scenario, right?

What if there's incidents, what if there's delay in the release? What if there's anxiety on the part of the people? And what if the powers that be delay causing their own kind of anxiety for their own purposes? Well, we may see street actions, but it wouldn't be antifa like street actions. It would be perhaps a large truck convoy totally surrounding every police facility that could be found in New York State and all the government building.

That would be awesome. Wow. Right? So it will be that form of activity, of standing, in my opinion, standing and saying, we're here bring it. Bring it.

They won't. They won't bring it even if they brought antifa. Antifa cannot stand up to a bunch of pissed off truckers, right? And so we're going to get to the point where we're now coming up to the stand, okay? And so people will just stand up and say, I'm here, I'm not taking it.

Bring it this far, no further. Wow. Thank you so much, Cliff. Thank you so much, Rafi. Guys, if you want more of this amazing reporting this week, we've had to change the schedule here to adapt to this perhaps a Trump indictment news cycle.

So we're going to do the war reporting show on the Wednesday at 08:00 Eastern as opposed to the typical pay per view we do. So we'll bring that live to you guys here, free and uncensored on Rumble and on the Thursday night also, we have this special Pluto the Destroyer, the decode here of the three, two, three. So you don't want to miss that. How all of the astrological bodies are also pointing to perhaps the same alignments we had during the French Revolutions and the Guillotine. So that's going to be a fabulous show to perhaps set up some of the things that are coming up in the web bot data reports right now.

So you don't want to miss that. That's going to be a Thursday at 08:00 p.m.. Eastern, of course, on March 23, the day itself where Pluto enters this very powerful alignment on YouTube. Go ahead. One last thing.

You brought it up. We all know that the French Revolution started because of Bastille. What was bastille of prism? Exactly. Thank you so much, Cliff, for that added note.

I'll remember to bring that up in the research and the slide deck that Julie is already preparing here this weekend for this live show. It's going to be absolutely amazing, guys, if you want to follow me also here on YouTube for amazing new content there, including the Divine Feminine Oracles and the Manifest Destiny shows. And also Penny Taylor. She's back. A big thank you to all of you who supported her during the live meditation while she was undergoing surgery a couple of weeks ago.

She's going to be back on the show for our next break in the clouds. You can find that here at Beyond Mystic on the YouTube channel. So, again, guys, please do go and support our friend Rafi here at Sea Alpha on the End game investor. And you can find, of course, Cliff on his substac here. You can take a screenshot of that as well as on his bitchute.

I'm Jean Claudette on mystic. This was the end game last round with Cliffy and Rafi Farber. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining. Have a great day and we'll see you soon. Otoa thanks.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.